Electronic Counters / Controllers General Catalog Vol.3 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

Transcription

1 Electronic / Controllers General Catalog Vol. KOYO ELECTRICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

2

3 ELECTRIC COUNTERS List of KOYO Electronic B- Selection Guide B- KCV Single Preset for Addition and Subtraction /Total for Addition and Subtraction B- KCN-A Single Preset for Addition/Subtraction B-9 KCN-S/KCN-W Single/Dual Preset for Addition and Subtraction B- Preset for Addition and Subraction with Batch and Total Options B- KCN-T Small Total B- KCY Small Electronic for Addition, Addition/Subtration or Totalizing (Add/Sub) B-7 KCX-, M, D, DM Single Preset Green for Addition B-77 KCX- W, WM Dual Preset Green for Addition B-8 KCX- T Total Green LED B-9 KCX-B Single or Dual Preset for Fast Addition and Subtraction B-9 KCX-B T Fast Total for Addition and Subtraction B-08 KCX- RN Presettable/Lead-out for High- Speed Addition and Subtraction B-8 KCH-B for Display of High-speed Addition and Subtraction B-9 KCM-0-/- Multi-counter (Maintenance ) B- Product Related to Digital B- DIGITAL TACHOMETERS How the tachometers work C- TC-V Series C- TC Series List of Digital tachometers C- Eight measurement mode and examples C- Merits C- Measurement mode C-7 TC- C-9 TC- C- TC-L-G/H C-7 TC- C-9 TC- C- TC-A C- TC-B C-8 TC-S/TC-W C-0 Wiring C- Recommended applications C- DIGITAL TIMERS KT-V Series D- PROGRAMMABLE CAM SWITCHES List of KOYO Programmable Cam Switches E- FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C E- FC-80-C/FC-0/FC-0 E- FC- E- Application Examples F- Glossary F- Model Number Index F-9

4

5 Notation Used in This Catalog The following indications are used in this catalog to allow safe use of products. Warning Caution Ignoring this indication and improperly handing the product can lead to a major malfunction possibly resulting in death or serious injury. Ignoring this indication and improperly handing the product can lead to injury or physical damage to property. Symbols This symbol represents acts that are generally prohibited. Safety Precautions This symbol represents items that are compulsory or prescribed. The following safety precautions must be obeyed for handling of products noted in this catalog. Warning Do not use in an environment where there is a possibility of combustion or explosion. Doing so may lead to accident involving death or injury or a fire. Do not use this product for applications related to human safety. Use the product only for applications that will not lead to human injury even in the event of an accident or malfunction. Use and manage the product within the environmental ranges (vibration, impact, temperature, humidity, etc.) dictated in the specifications. Improper use may lead to a fire or damage to the product. Thoroughly understand the product before using it. Understand your product well before use. Caution Warning Do not use with a power-supply voltage other than that noted in the specifications. Doing so may lead to a fire, electric shock, or a malfunction. Do not mis-wire products. Doing so may lead to a fire or malfunction. Caution Use the wiring and configuration dictated in the specifications. Not doing so may lead to a fire or malfunction. Do not use wiring methods that subject wiring to stress. Doing so may lead to electric shock or a fire. Perform wiring with power to the power source cut off. Not doing so may lead to electric shock or a malfunction. Do not use screws other than those specified to be fixed to terminals. Doing so may lead to a fire or malfunction. A-

6 Do not touch terminals while the power is on. Doing so may lead to an accident resulting in a malfunction or electric shock. Do not place near combustibles. Doing so may lead to a fire. Warning Do not use in methods other than as dictated in the specifications. Doing so may lead to an accident involving death or injury or a malfunction. Changing settings during operation may possibly lead to a major accident if operational procedures are not followed correctly and unintended settings are set when output is. Operate in ranges where safety for individuals and equipment can be maintained by licensed personnel. Do not insert metallic objects like a screwdriver in heat radiation slots. Doing so may lead to electric shock or a malfunction. Caution Do not insert inappropriate items in product openings. Doing so may lead to electric shock or a malfunction. Do not block heat radiation slots. Doing so may lead to a rise in internal temperature, fire, or malfunction. Caution Do not repair after disassembly. Doing so may lead to a fire, electric shock, or a malfunction. Maintenance and inspection should be performed with power to the power source cut off. There is a danger of electric shock when working with power supplied to the power source. Warning When disposing of a product, dispose of the product as industrial waste. There is a danger of the product rupturing which may lead to a fire or an accident involving death or serious injury. A Request Regarding Use Handling of our products is designed with the object of their use as general electronic equipment. Do not use products for applications where a high level of reliability is needed with regard to human life. In addition, please contact our Sales Division beforehand when considering use of the products in environments or under conditions other than those in specifications for general electronic equipment or for use in units related to safety and control of transportation equipment (trains, automobiles, etc.), traffic signal equipment, fire-fighting/fire prevention equipment, or the like. A-

7 Corresponding CE Marking Conformity with the Low Voltage Directive and EMC Directive is as follows: () Low Voltage Directive Conformity Specification- EN 00- Conformity is provided by ensuring basic insulation with respect to the load side that is connected to contact output when switching voltage of contact output exceeds 0 V. () EMC Directive Conformity specification EMI: EN0 EMS: EN008-* Conformity is provided by way of connection of an EMI/EMC filter (MR-0 Tokin equivalent) to the power source when using a type with a DC power source. Please be advised beforehand that the contents of this catalog may change without warning due to product modifications. When exporting these products, fixed procedures must be followed in accordance foreign currency and export trade control laws. Acquisition of ISO900 Certification We have been ISO900 certified company sine November 7, 99. Date of Accreditation November 7, 99 Inspected Factories Inspected Products Inspecting Agency Headquarters and the Ohizumi Factory (Yamanashi Prefecture) Programmable Controllers Electronic Digital Tachometers Programmable Cam Switches Proximity Switches Rotary Encoders Programmable Display Instruments Electronic Control Systems for Factory Automation (FA) Automotive and Electronic Control Instruments BVQI (Bureau Veritas Quality International) Applicable Scope of the ISO9000 Series In the ISO9000 series, 900 includes the broadest range of industrial activities, as shown in this chart. ISO900 Quality Assurance in designing, development, manufacturing, installation, and incidental services ISO900 Quality Assurance in maunfacturing, installation, and incidental services ISO900 Quality Assurance in final inspections and testing A-

8 A-

9 ELECTRIC COUNTERS List of KOYO Electronic B- Selection Guide B- KCV Single Preset for Addition and Subtraction /Total for Addition and Subtraction B- KCN-A Single Preset for Addition/Subtraction B-9 KCN-S/KCN-W Single/Dual Preset for Addition and Subtraction B- Preset for Addition and Subraction with Batch and Total Options B- KCN-T Small Total B- KCY Small Electronic for Addition, Addition/ Subtration or Totalizing (Add/Sub) B-7 KCX-, D, DM Single Preset Green for Addition B-78 KCX- W, WM Dual Preset Green for Addition B-8 KCX- T Total Green LED B-9 KCX-B Single or Dual Preset for Fast Addition and Subtraction B-9 KCX-B T Fast Total for Addition and Subtraction B-08 KCX- RN Presettable/Lead-out for High-Speed Addition and Subtraction B-8 KCH-B for Display of High-speed Addition and Subtraction B-9 KCM-0-/- Multi-counter (Maintenance ) B- Selecting Socket B- B-

10 List Electronic List of KOYO Electronic Display Number of digits Category Dimensions (mm) Operation Input/ Model Number Output Numerical 8 Addition Addition and Subtraction Red LED 8 x 8 Addition and Subtraction LCD Single preset Addition/ Subtraction LCD 7 x 7 Addition Green LED Addition and Subtraction Green LED Single Preset (with Predicted Output) 8 x 8 Addition and Subtraction Red LED 8 x 8 Addition and Subtraction LCD Dual Preset 7 x 7 Addition Addition and Subtraction Green LED Green LED External Preset 7 x Addition and Subtraction Green LED Aggregate Counter 7 x 7 Addition Red LED Batch Counter 8 x 8 Addition and Subtraction LCD Addition LCD Total Counter 8 x 8 Addition and Subtraction Red LED 7 x 7 Addition Green LED Addition and Subtraction Counter for Positional Display 7 x Addition and Subtraction Red LED B-

11 List Memory Backup Operational Speed Source Voltage Sensor Power Upon Power Failure Remarks Refer to page Electronic digits: 0 cps/ kcps digits: 0 cps/ kcps G : AC00V H : AC00V DCV, ma - General-purpose, small present counter B-7 0Hz khz khz khz 0Hz 00Hz khz khz 0Hz/0kHz Selectable Selectable / digits: 0 Hz/00 Hz / digits: 0 Hz/ khz / digits: 0 Hz/ khz AC00/0V 0/0Hz DCV AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV AC00/00V 0/0Hz AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV, ma - DCV, ma - DCV, 0mA DCV, 80mA Optional Optional - - Yes - Yes The number of digits can be selected for presetting. A large, backlit LCD for numerical display. Prescaling and decimal point display are also available. The -digit model has a timer. Individual digit keys can set for presetting. A large, backlit LCD for numerical display. Prescaling and decimal point display are also available. General-purpose preset counter. Green LED for numerical display. Prescaling and decimal point display are also available. The -digit model has a timer. Preset counter capable of both addition and subtraction. Comparative output operation available. B- B-9 B-78 B-9 0Hz 00Hz khz 0kHz Switching AC00 to 0V DC to V DCV, 0mA - Optional Setting of individual digit keys for presetting. Large, red LED for display Predicted output and adjustment for dual output B- 0Hz khz khz khz 0Hz/0kHz 00Hz/0kHz Selectable / digits: 0 Hz/ khz / digits: 0 Hz/ khz AC00 to 0V 0/0Hz DC to V AC00/00V 0/0Hz AC00/00V 0/0Hz AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV, 0mA - DCV, 0mA DCV, 80mA DCV, 00mA Optional Optional - Yes - Yes The number of digits can be selected for presetting. A large, backlit LCD for numerical display. Prescaling and decimal point display are also available. B- General-purpose, dual preset counter B-8 Dual preset capable of addition and subtraction. Comparative output operation available. B-9 External preset, comparative output, and Yes zero output Count writing and read-out B-8 0Hz/00Hz 0Hz/kHz DCV AC00 to 00V 0/0Hz - DCV, 0mA Includes 9 internal counters that are triple preset. Pre-prediction lamp, predicted Yes output, and suspended equipment output Includes 8 internal counters that are triple B- preset. Arbitrary counter reset and timer functions are available. Includes two internal counters to allow Yes switching between total counting and B- batch counting digits: 0 Hz/ khz digits: 0 Hz/ khz AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV DCV, ma - Yes Large, backlit LCD for numerical display B- 0Hz 00Hz khz 0kHz Switching AC00 to 0V DC to V DCV, 0mA - Optional Large, red LED for display Positional display function B- digits: 0 Hz/ khz digits: 0 Hz/ khz 8 digits: 0 Hz/0 khz AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV, 0mA Yes General-purpose B-9 0Hz/0kHz DCV, 80mA Positional display available. B-08 0kHz AC00/00V 0/0Hz DCV, 00mA Correction writing function and twin Yes B-9 zone operation available. B-

12 Electronic Category Single Preset Electronic Selection Guide Size 8mm Operation Addition and Subtraction Addition/Subtraction Addition/ Subtraction Addition Numerical Display Red/Green LED for display With Backlight LCD display With Backlight LCD display No display Source Voltage AC00 to 0V DC to V AC00V AC0V AC00 / 0V DCV AC00 / 0V DCV AC00V AC0V With memory backup upon power failure Numbers with Model Numbers represent the number of digits KCV-S KCV-S-C KCY-D-G KCY-D-H Relay output Relay output Relay output Transistor output Relay output Transistor output KCY--G KCY--H KCV-S KCV-S-C KCY-D-G KCY-D-H KCN-SR KCY--G KCY--H KCN-SR KCN-SR-C KCN-SR-C KCN-ASR KCN-AST KCN-ASR-C KCN-AST-C KCN-ASR KCN-AST KCN-ASR-C KCN-AST-C Addition and Subtraction Green LED for display AC00 / 0V KCX-B KCX-BM KCX-B KCX-BM 7mm Addition Green LED for display AC00 / 0V KCX-D -D KCX-DM -D -D -D -D -DM -DM -DM -DM Start Dual preset 8mm 7mm Addition and Subtraction Addition/Subtraction Addition and Subtraction Addition No display With Backlight LCD display Green LED for display Green LED for display AC00 / 0V AC00 to 0V DC to V AC00 / 0V AC00/ 0V KCX- Relay output Transistor output Relay output Transistor output KCX-BW KCX-BW KCX-BWM KCX-BWM KCX-W -W -W -W KCX-WM KCN-WR KCN-WT KCN-WR-C KCN-WT-C KCX-WM KCN-WR KCN-WT KCN-WR-C KCN-WT-C Total Counter 8mm 7mm Addition and Subtraction Addition/Subtraction Addition Addition and Subtraction Addition Red/Green LED for display With Backlight LCD display Green LED for display Green LED for display AC00 to 0V DC to V AC00 / 0V DCV AC00 / 0V AC00 / 0V KCV-T KCV-T KCV-T-C KCV-T-C KCN-T KCN-T KCN-T-C KCN-T-C KCX-BT KCX-BT KCX-T KCX-T KCX-8T External preset, aggregate, batch, and other counters are provided as special counters. For details, refer to page B-. B-

13 KCV Single Preset for Addition and Subtraction/Total for Addition and Subtraction High-speed 0 Hz/0 Hz (with Dipswitch selected) 00 Hz/ khz (with Set-up Mode selected) A preset counter that aggregates counts with functions that provide a large, two-color LED for display that is easy-to-read in a small DIN8x8 body. Dual output of predicted output and preset output can be set with settings for predicted output. Electronic Merits CE Mark Large, easy-to-see displa A large LED for display with character height of mm ( digits) and 0 mm ( digits) is used in a small DIN8x8 body. Easy operation Setting and changing of preset values with individual setting keys has the feel of digital switches User configurabe digit number User can configure the no. of digit. Battery-less memory retention EEPROM is used to retain values in memory, so there is no need for battery maintenance. Removable terminals Maintenance has been reduced via terminals that can be removed. After wiring, the terminal cover provides a safe surface for worryfree use. Various types of counts [Prescaling] The input pulse can be converted to any values and displayed. [Dual phase addition/subtraction by individual input] The counting range can be from positive to negative. However, settings are in the positive range. [Addition-Subtraction] Counts can be selected for positive or negative display. Dual output with alarm output Dual setting is possible with alarm output. Alarm values are values prior to reaching preset values. High-speed response with 0 kcps The input response frequency for this class is a maximum of 0 khz. Input operational speed can be adjusted to switch to 0, 00, k, or 0 khz. IP Membrane is used to protect from operation with wet or dirty hands, A special cover is also provided as an option to enhance the protective structure. Designed in compliance with CE and UL Tamper proof Key protection can be set for individual keys to prevent tampering. Power source for a large-capacity sensor (AC P/S type only) You can source the power for sensor from the built-in P/S VDC, 0mA. Free power supply for the AC type The operating AC voltage is wide as 8VAC VAC. B-

14 KCV Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV List of Models Category Model Number Number of Digits Preset counter Total counter KCV-S KCV-S-C KCV-S KCV-S-C KCV-T KCV-T-C KCV-T KCV-T-C Source Voltage AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC AC00 0V DC DC V Sensor Source Voltage DC V 0 ma Model number system KCV- - -digit -digit Series Name S Output T Total C: DC power Blank: AC power Accessories: Installation Frame -digit -digit KCN-T General Specifications KCY Item Source voltage AC power AC00 0V Specification DC power DC V Permitted power fluctuation AC8 V DC0.V Power consumption approx. VA approx. W KCX Sensor power Memory Backup upon Power Failure DC V (0-8V) 0 ma (Max. 0%p-p ripple) EEPROM (Writing Up to 00,000 times) Memory Duration 0 years Ambient temperature 0 0 KCX-RN Storage temperature Ambient humidity Withstand voltage (with no freezing) -8%RH (with no dewing) AC kv for one minute (for AC input, 0 V, and relay interconnection) (for DC input, 0 V, and relay interconnection) KCH-B KCM Vibration resistance Impact resistance Durable 90 m/s ms along three axes No malfunction 98 m/s ms along three axes Durable Displacement amplitude 0. mm Frequency 0- Hz along three axes No malfunction Displacement amplitude 0. mm Frequency 0- Hz along three axes Noise resistance AC power. kv between terminals (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) DC power.0 kv between terminals (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) Protective structure Weight IP (front panel only) Approx. 0 g Approx. 0 g Terminals Conforming wiring Conforming crimped contact Permitted torque 0..mm R.- 0.Nm B-

15 KCV Performance Specifications Category Setting Number of digits Display (LED character height) Counting range Setting range Input Disabled count input External reset Automatic reset Manual reset Input gate duration during power failure Input gate duration during power recovery Output Item Output mode One-shot/ Hold/Match Output duration ms every 0 ms Prescaling (-digit)/ (-digit) Decimal point Lamp for arbitrary places available Key protection Setting of arbitrary keys possible Installation Exclusively for embedding (terminal block connection) Prescaling is for x values. I/O Specifications Preset Counter Total Counter Addition and Subtraction Preset Counter Addition and Subtraction Total Counter Single with alarm output or digits or digits -digit: mm (count)/7 mm (preset) -digit: 0 mm (count)/7 mm (preset) -digit : digit: digit : digit: Operational speed: 0/00/ k/0 khz switching Input resistance: positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) Inpult voltage: "L" 0- V "H" 7-0 V Responded in less than 00 s Max. signal amplitude ms Responded in less than 00 s Responded in less than 0. s 0 00ms 0 00ms DC output: NPN open collector output V 00 ma Withstand pressure V residual voltage less than. V Relay output: transformer relay AC0V A (resistance load) Setting of reset keys possible KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY Count input Input speed Input resistance Input voltage 0Hz 00Hz khz 0kHz Positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) L 0 V H 7 0V KCX Disabled count input External reset input Input response Input resistance Input voltage Input response Input resistance Input voltage Withstand voltage On delay: 0. ms Off delay: 0. ms Positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) L 0 H 7 V 0V On delay: 0. ms Off delay: 0. ms Positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) L 0 H 7 V 0V Less than V KCM KCH-B KCX-RN Transistor output Current Less than 00 ma Residual voltage Less than V Relay output Capacity Lifetime AC0V A AC0V 0.A DC0V 0.A (resistance load) (cos =0.) (L R=7ms) more than 00,000 uses more than 00,000 uses more than 00,000 uses B-7

16 KCV Electronic Output modes Mode Count Hold Continuous One-shot Reset Output Hold One -shot ms Match Continuous Match KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Can be set in milliseconds from 0 to 9990 ms (in Setup mode). Output mode diagrams Preset values Alarm values Hold output (continuous count) 0 Addition mode Subtraction mode Preset values Alarm values One-shot output (reset count) 0 Addition mode Subtraction mode Reset DC output Relay output Reset DC output Relay output One-shot duration 00 ms (can be set from ms in Setup mode) KCN-T Matching mode (continuous count) Addition mode Subtraction mode KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Alarm values Preset values Alarm values 0 Reset DC output Relay output When displaying alarm output (DC output), the output LED will blink on and off. Counting timing Dual input mode Input mode for addition or subtraction (during input of positive logic) :Alarm value setting When alarm values are set to 0, output operations for DC output will be the same as for relay output. Input mode for addition or subtraction (during input of negative logic) KCM " H" IN A " L" Addition Subtraction " H" IN A " L" T/ Addition T/ Subtraction During addition input, IN A can be either L or H. " H" IN A "L" T/ Addition T/ Subtraction During addition input, IN A can be either L or H. T T " H" IN B " L" " H" IN B " L" During addition input, IN B can be either L or H. " H" IN B "L" During addition input, IN-B can be either L or H. T/ T/ T/ T/ T T/ T/ T/ T/ T T/ T T/ T/ T T/ (Note) With or the required counting speed is (CPS)= T sec B-8

17 KCV Wiring Diagrams KCV-S DC output S Sensor power Count input DCV0mA INA INB 0V OUT OUT Disabled count input INH 7 R Reset input COM N.C. N.O. Relay input AC00-0 V power Count input INA INB 0V Disabled count input INH 7 R Reset input KCV-T KCV-S-C S-C KCV-T-C T-C DC output T Sensor powerr Count input DCV0mA INA INB 0V Count input INA INB 0V Disabled count input INH 7 R Reset input AC00-0 V power Disabled count input INH 7 R Reset input KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic COM N.C. N.O. + - Relay input + - DC- V power DC- V power Alarm output is used in combination with DC output (OUT terminal). I/O Circuit Diagrams KCN-T AC power DC power Sensor power DCV V.k Internal V during negative logic input 9 8 N.C. COM DCV + - V.8k Internal circuit during negative logic input 9 8 N.C. COM KCX KCY INA 7k k 0 N.O. INA 7k k 0 N.O. V.k V.8k KCX-RN INB 7k INB 7k Reset 7 k V.k k 7k OUT 0V Reset 7 k V.8k k 7k OUT 0V KCM KCH-B V.k V.8k Disabled count input 7k k Disabled count input 7k k B-9

18 KCV Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN Input Wiring Examples Proximity switch with NPN open collector output Input logic: Negative logic: (no-volt input)(neg) Input mode: Input for addition or subtraction (Dip switch ) DC -wire proximity switch Input logic: Negative logic (no-volt input)(neg) Input mode: Input for addition or subtraction (Dip switch ) Switch or relay Adding Subtracting Recommended proximity switch: APS - -N E Adding Subtracting Input logic: Negative logic (no voltage input)(neg) Input mode: Input for addition or subtraction (Dip switch ) Operational speed: 0 Hz (Dip switch ) Sensor power source (DC V) Addition Subtraction Brown Sensor source (DCV) Black IN A Black IN B Black 7 Reset input Black Disabled count input Blue 0V Brown Blue Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z 7 IN A IN B Reset input Disabled count input 0V With the DC type, please supply source voltage above 0 V. 7 IN A IN B Reset Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Input logic: Positive logic: (voltage input)(pos) Input mode: Input for addition or subtraction (Dip switch ) Rotary encoder Adding Subtracting Recommended proximity switch: APS - -E Brown Sensor source( DCV) Black IN A Black IN B Black 7 Reset input Black Disabled count input Blue 0V Input logic: Arranged with encoder output and set as positive or negative logic Input mode: Dual input (Dip switch ) Red (brown) Sensor source (DC V) Green (black) IN A White (white) Black (blue) Input logic: Positive logic (voltage input)(pos) Input mode: Input for addition or subtraction (Dip switch ) Operational speed: 0 Hz (Dip switch ) IN B 0V Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-J -RZ S TRD-N -RZ S Addition Subtraction 7 Sensor power source (DC V) IN A IN B Reset Disabled count input Disabled count input KCH-B 0V Input flow is heavy, so this connection is recommended. 0V There is no DC power source. Use a separate external power source. KCM Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output Relay output OUT Load COM 8 Load power 0V N.C. 9 Load Load power DCV N.O. 0 Load B-0

19 KCV Front Panel Layout and Description Panel guide Output (red) Operating mode Lit when output is. Blinks when alarm output is. Key protection (red) Operating mode Blinks when key protection is (only when the key is ). Setup Mode Displays key protection settings. OUT K/P RST RST key Operating mode Allows count values to be reset (0 for Addition and preset values for Subtraction). Setup mode Allows selection of set items. COUNTER Count value (red) Operating mode Displays count values. Setup mode Displays setting contents. Preset values (green) Operating mode Displays preset values. Setup mode Displays set items. Digit keys Operating mode Allows changes in preset values After changing preset values, total key input is ineffective for about one second. Preset values then take effect. Setup mode Allows to configure the setups. The Total Counter has several lamps that differ with respect to the Preset Counter Output : None Key protection : None other than for display in compliance with RST key. Preset values : Not displayed in Operating mode. Digit keys : Not effective in Operating mode. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCY KCN-T Key strokes.changing preset values Press a digit key once to increase the corresponding digit by one: After removing your finder from the key, the settings will be verified after about one second.. Resetting the count Press the RST key to reset the currently displayed count. The count is reset within 0. second after the key is pressed. For example, the current count 000 is reset to 0 for Addition. It is reset to the preset value for Subtraction.. Protecting the keys Turning the Dip switch disables the reset and digit keys. If disabled keys are pressed, the LED for the corresponding key will blink. If Key protection is selected to disable keys in Setup mode, Dip switch will come. At factory setup, Key protection in Setup mode is completely disabled, so just turning Dip switch will disable all keys. Example: When the counter is preset to "" Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to RST KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX B-

20 KCV Electronic Configure dip switches Use the dip switch on the top of the counter to configure varions parameters and operation mode. Configure dip switches with power off. Operation with power up will have no effect. When dip switches are re-configured, you must press the Reset key in operating mode to reset the count values. Dip switch At the factory setups, all switches are. 7 8 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Counting speed The counting speed is selected with Dip switch. 7 8 Input mode The input mode is selected with Dip switch. 7 8 Counting speed 0Hz 0kHz Input mode Input for Addition or Subtraction Dual input Selection of the operating mode Selection of key protection Selection of the output mode (with a Total counter, this slot is empty) Selection of count memory Selection of the operational mode (with a Total counter, Addition is fixed) Selection of the input mode Selection of counting speed SW SW Factory setup Factory setup KCN-T Operational mode The operational mode is selected with Dip switch. 7 8 Operational mode Addition Subtraction SW Factory setup KCY Counting memory The counting memory is selected with Dip switch. KCX 7 8 Counting memory Memory upon power failure Power source reset SW Factory setup KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Output mode The output mode is selected with Dip switch. Match output can be selected in Setup mode. 7 8 Output mode Hold output One-shot output SW Factory setup Key protection With Dip switch, [Do not protect keys] can be selected to take effect for keys set in Setup mode using [Protect keys]. Setting for keys to protect can performed in Setup mode. At the factory setup, [Do not protect keys] is set. 7 8 Operating mode The operating mode is selected with Dip switch 8. Key protection Settings in Setup mode take effect Do not SW Factory setup Operating mode SW8 7 8 Setup mode Run mode Factory setup Dip switch 7 is not used. B-

21 KCV Setup mode Settings that cannot be selected with dip switches can be set in Setup mode. Items that can be configured in Setup Mode () Counting speed 00/ khz, Dip switch () Input logic Positive or negative logic () Output mode Match output, Dip switch () Output duration Duration of One-shot output can be set from ms (in 0-ms increments) () Prescaling -digit: digit: () Prescaling factor The scaling factor can be set for values used in prescaling. x 0x 00x 000x (7) Number of digits The number of counter digits for display can be set. -digit: - digits -digit: - digits (8) Decimal place An arbitrary digit can be set for display of the decimal point. (9) Predicted output Offset values can be set with respect to preset values. -digit: digit: (0) Resetting key protection Setting to disable the reset key can be performed. () Protecting digit keys Setting to disable an arbitrary digit key can be performed. With a Total Counter, items,, 7, 9, 0, and are skipped.. Switching Between Setup mode and Run mode Run mode Counting speed settings(cps) RST Input logic settings(si g) RST Output mode settings(c-op) RST Setup mode Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Setup mode. Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Run mode.. Operations in Setup mode In Setup mode, the count can be initialized using the menu as follows: Represents factory setup. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays count values. 000 Selects khz. 00 Selects 00 Hz. di p Selects Dip switch. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays count values. pos Selects positive logic. neg Selects negative logic. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays count values. eq Selects matching output. di ps Selected with Dip switch. Press the Reset key to proceed. * Output duration settings(outt) RST Prescaling settings (scl) RST Prescaling settings (scl) RST Selection of number of digits(dgt) RST Decimal point settings(d. p) RST Alarm output settings(set) RST Reset key protection(rpro) RST Digit key protection (ppro) RST Output duration is set with the digit key. Digit key to set in increments of 0 ms will be rendered ineffective (*00 ms). Count values for display (Blank) 0.0 0s Digit key Can be changed from ms Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting of prescaling values is with the digit key. (*.000) Count values for display. 000 Digit key -digit: digit: Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting of the prescaling decimal point is with the digit key.(*.000) Digit key: Displays count values Selects 000x Selects 00x Selects 0x Selects x. Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting of the number of digits is with the digit key. The number of digits is displayed in accordance with the digit key. Count values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. The display position of the decimal point is set with the digit key. The decimal place is displayed in accordance with the digit key. Digit key will set no decimal place (*No decimal point). Count values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting is with the digit key(*0 ) Count values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. Digit key: for K/P display *Disable Enable Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. (digit digit Digit key: for K/P display *Disabled / Enabled *Disabled / Enabled *Disabled / Enabled *Disabled / Enabled *Disabled / Enabled *Disabled / Enabled Press the Reset key to proceed to the final menu. Digit key Not used Used K/P display Disabled with lamp on Enabled with blinking lamp off The number of digits selected for setting of digits will render effective the settings for the decimal place, alarm output, and key protection that follow. Only the selected number of digits is set. With the Total Counter, items marked with an * are skipped. When changing the setting of the number of digits selected, the decimal point will be removed, the alarm output will be set to 0, and preset values will automatically be changed to. After changing the default settings in Setup mode, press the Reset key in Run mode and reset count values. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-

22 KCV Electronic Operational Example (for KCV-S) Run mode Changing preset values. Change the preset value from 0 to 0 Before changing Change complete KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV OUT K/P COUNTER RST OUT K/P COUNTER RST Press Digit key twice. OUT K/P COUNTER RST Press Digit key once. OUT K/P COUNTER RST. The preset value will be 0, and operations will continue with the altered value. Preset values will take effect about second after being changed. Positioning application example with encoder Positioning of a conveyor can be done in increments of 0. mm. It sets the Alarm in 0mm prior to the preset value to stop the conveyor in accurate position. KCN-T KCV-S COUNTER Pulley diameter dia Encoder pulse count 000P/R Set item Set item KCY OUT K/P RST Pulley Counting speed Input logic Output logic 0kHz Negative logic One-shot KCX Encoder Alarm output (deceleration) Preset output (suspended) Output duration Prescaling Scale factor No. of digits 00ms KCX-RN Control Box Motor Decimal point Between st and nd digit Alarm output 0.0 Represents factory setup. KCH-B. Prescale calculation Prescale pulley diameter (mm) encoder pulse count KCM mm pulse B-

23 KCV. Switching to Setup mode Turn Dip switch 8 and then turn power (Dip switches -7 are ).. Changing setting contents The setting screen for Counting speed is first displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Input logic is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Output mode is displayed. OUT K/P OUT K/P The setting screen for Prescaling settings is displayed. Set the scaling factor to 0. Press the key time ans 0 will appear. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for the Number of digits is displayed. OUT K/P OUT K/P KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P The setting screen for Output duration is displayed. The setting screen for the Decimal point is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Prescaling settings is displayed. Set prescaling to Press the key 9 times. Press the key times. Press the key 7 times, and 0.07 will appear. OUT K/P OUT K/P Display the decimal point between the first and second digit. Press the key and the decimal point will be displayed between the first and second digit. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Alarm output is displayed. OUT K/P OUT K/P KCX KCY KCN-T Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P Set the alarm output to 0. OUT Press the key twice and 0.0 will appear. K/P KCX-RN Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P KCH-B Setting is complete after this step.. Switching to Run mode Turn the power after completing setting in Setup mode and turn Dip switch 8 (Run mode) (When power is, all the setups in Setup mode are saved in the memory). KCM. Starting Run mode Be sure to turn power after changing the setups in Setup mode and press the RST key to reset the count values. B-

24 KCV Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Error Codes Common Errors Error Error type Error details e Decimal point blinking Decimal point blinking Negative display Memory data error Counter Overflow Error Counter Underflow Error Counter Overflow Error OUT K/P Preset values and Setup mode items have changed. Count values have exceeded the display range. Count values are below the display range. OUT K/P All digits in the display turn to 0 Corrective Action Press the RST key to eliminate the error display. The count value will be set to 000, and the Setup mode contents will be set to settings used at factory setup. Error display will be cleared by the " RST " key or when the count valup return to the count range. In the counter, correct calculation is in a range from to OUT K/P Counter Underflow Error Decimal point blinking Negative display Decimal point blinking KCN-T OUT K/P OUT K/P OUT K/P Decimal point blinking Decimal point blinking KCY Option Option Model Number Details KCX Rubber packing KCX-RN KCM KCH-B KC-8P Prevents water from entering the control panel by installing this between the installation panel and KCV. Protects the front panel from dirt and the like. Front cover KC-8C Material: Soft silicone rubber Key operation can be performed with the front cover as-is. B-

25 KCV Precautions Precautions for Use () With the DC power source, the 0-V terminal and the input common 0-V terminal are internally short-circuited. () Apply the rated voltage in one instant, not by gradually raising the voltage. () Always use negative input logic to set the DC -wire proximity switch. () During counting, changes to preset values will take effect about one second after key input of the change. In subtraction mode, key input takes effect when the count is reset valid preset value will be saved in the memory at loss of power. ()It is recommended to use a sheet included in the package to keep the setups for the future maintenance. () Use in the following environments should be avoided: A location where the ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0. A location where the ambient humidity is above 8% or abrupt temperature changes may cause condensation. A location with dust, iron fillings, corrosive gasses, or the like. A location exposed to direct sunlight. A location with significant vibrations or impact. (7) When conducting testing of insulation withstand voltage, insulation resistance, or the like, remove the KCV counter from control box. Precautions for Wiring Keep the wires away from power line. With regard to use in locations where extensive noise is generated, keep the KCV counter and wires away from the noise source to the extent possible. Empty terminals are not to be used as relay terminals. For connection, use of crimped contacts is recommended. When wiring the and 7 terminals, do not install fork-shaped crimped contacts at an angle. Use a round crimped contact for angled installation. Fork-shaped crimped contacts For angled installation, connection with the contact is insufficient. Like in the illustration above, install the contact perpendicular to the horizontal. Round crimped contact KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic Installation and Removal of the Main Body Installation Insert the main body through the panel installation port. Installation of the Terminal Block and Terminal Cover KCN-T KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM KCY From the rear, mount the installation frame. Main body Terminal block Installation frame: Can be installed vertically or horizontally. Fixing screw Terminal block cover Do not use a screw other than the one used to fix the terminal block during shipping. Maintain a permitted torque of 0. Nm. Install the terminal block after wiring is complete. Removal Holding the tabs, spread them - mm. While keeping the tabs spread, pull the device towards you. B-7

26 KCV Electronic External Dimensions 8 00 (AC power source) 0 (DC power source) (in mm) Installation frame KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV 8 Detailed Diagram of the Terminal Block Terminal screw Installation frame Panel thickness DC power source AC power source Boring Dimensions for Installation.When the installation handle is horizontal 70 or more Close installation possible Depth mm 0mm KCN-T KCY KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX.When the installation handle is vertical 9.. or more Square Hole or more Complying wiring : 0..mm Complying crimped contact: R.- Permitted torque : 0.Nm When aligning the front cover (KC8C and KC8P), line dimensions should be more than mm. B-8

27 KCN-A Single Preset for Addition or Subtraction Maximum counting speed: 0cps/kcps(selected by dip switch) 00cps/kcps(selected in Setup mode) With the DIN standard of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the full featured preset counter incorporates an easy to read LCD display. Just press keys to set values by digit, or change operation between addition and subtraction. Merits Small body and easy to read display With its body of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the counter provides full screen display of either -digit or -digit numbers with the height of mm or 0 mm. Easy operation. Values can be set and changed digit by digit simply by pressing the corresponding keys. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic mm 0mm Count display Preset value Backlit LCD integrated in all models Displayed values are backlit to facilitate reading in darkness. Key Protection to lock keys individually On the front panel, each digit key and the Reset key can be locked to protect against erroneous operation. The digit keys can be also used to increment the corresponding digit values. Keypad protection cover A keypad cover is also attached to provide additional protection. Count reset key DC power as thin as mm With minimum space requirement, the control board can be installed anywhere. mm Keys for setting corresponding digits AC power is 90 mm thick. KCN-T KCY KCX mm KCX-RN A series of models to meet all your needs All eight models include advanced functions such as prescaling and decimal display. These models can be combined appropriately to satisfy your requirements. KCH-B EEPROM to eliminate cell replacement The counter uses an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. The memory can store all counts, preset values and mode settings. Output options c relay output Either a sink or source can be used for DC output. KCM Load Water proofed front panel The keypad on the front panel is completely coated (IP) for Load insulation from dust and water. Isolated from internal circuit by photocoupler B-9

28 KCN-A Electronic Switching between addition and subtraction Addition mode and Subtraction mode Addition mode In the Addition mode, the count Preset value KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV increments by one for each pulse input. When the value has reached a preset value, the counter generates a signal. Subtraction mode In the Subtraction mode, the count decrements by one for each pulse input. When the value has reached zero, the counter generates a signal. Count 0 Count 0 Pulse input Preset value Pulse input Sensor Sensor RST RST Incremented to 990 Decremented to 0 Prescaling Converting the number of pulses to quantity or dimension Quantity KCN-T Multiplied by Sensor RST Prescaled at Four workpieces per pulse KCY Roller for length measurement Cutter Cut length (in mm) KCX KCX-RN You need not consider the roller's diameter when setting the counter value. Rotary encoder 0.8 mm per pulse RST Using a present scale, the count is converted to quantity or dimension. Can be set in a desired unit. Prescaled at 0.8 KCH-B Easy operation Changing a preset value: On the front panel, press a digit key once to increment the corresponding digit by one. KCM Example: When the counter is preset to RST Pressing key increments the first digit by one to Pressing key increments the second digit by one to Pressing key increments the third digit by one to Each digit is preset upon change. B-0

29 KCN-A Key Protection against erroneous operation All keys on the front panel can be locked to secure current settings. These keys can be protected individually. The digit keys can be also used to increment the corresponding digit. Example: Protecting the fourth digit of KCN-ASR Counter ()In the Setup mode, select the key to be protected. ()Short circuit the Key Protection input and the 0V In this case, choose the digit. pin. Short circuit RST Displaying a decimal point A decimal point can be displayed at a desired location. Protectable keys KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic RST Decimal point Switching the input logic between positive and negative Device choices are expanded by two input logics available for positive (voltage) input and negative (no voltage) input. KCN-T Relay KCY Proximity swith KCX KCX-RN Photoelectric sensor Relay output KCN-A SR KCH-B Rotary encoder DC output KCN-A ST KCM B-

30 KCN-A Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN List of models Source voltage DCV only AC0V or AC00V Output Relay output DC output Relay output Sensor power None DCV ma General Specifications Item Source voltage KCM KCH-B Power consumption Sensor power Memory backup at power failure Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Withstand AC voltage DC Insulation AC resistance DC Vibration resistance Shock resistance Noise resistance Coating Installation Connection Mass (weight) AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC -digit counters KCN-ASR-C KCN-AST-C KCN-ASR -digit counters KCN-ASR-C KCN-AST-C KCN-ASR Specification Model number system KCN-A - Series : -digit : -digit R: Relay output T: DC output S:Single setting C: DC power Blank: AC power AC 8 V, or AC 80 0V DC 0 8V (Max. 0%p-p ripple) Approx. VA Approx. W DC V (0 8V) ma (Max. 0%p-p ripple) None EEPROM (Up to 00,000 writes) Either power-on reset or memory backup can be selected in Setup mode (with no freezing) 8%RH (with no dewing) AC kv for one minute (For each of AC input, OV and relay output interconnection) AC kv for one monute (between 0V and relay output) Min. 0M at DC 00V (between AC input/0v/relay output) Min. 0M at DC 00V (between 0V and relay output) Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 Hz with 0.mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 Hz with 0.mm amplitude Durable for ms along three axes at 90 m/s (0G) No error for ms along three axes at 98 m/s (0G) (Shock applied three times in each case).kv between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time) kv between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time) IP for the keypad on the front panel against dust and splash. Flush mounting Terminal block Approx. 0g Approx. 0g B-

31 KCN-A Performance Specification Operation Setting Input logic Item Number of digits Setting range Counting rage Counting speed Input mode Count disable input External reset input Auto reset Manual reset Power reset Output Output mode Output duration in One Shot mode Key protection Zero setting I/O response Decimal point display Prescaling I/O Specifications Count input Count disable input External reset input DC output (Type T) Relay output (Type R) Input speed Input resistance Input voltage Input response Input resistance Input voltage Input response Input resistance Input voltage Withstand voltage Current Residual voltage Capacity Durability Specification Addition or subtration (selectable) Single or digits digits: digits: igits: digits: cps or kcps (selected by Dip Switch ) 00cps or kcps (selected in Setup mode) Addition or subtration (selected by Dip Switch ) Negative (no voltage) or positive (selected in Setup mode) Responded within 0.ms Minimum pulse width: ms Responded within 0.ms (ms at 0cps) Responded within 0. s Power shutdown: s or more Reset duration: s or less (until restart) NPN open collector or relay contact c (depending on models) One Shot (momentary output) or Hold (selected by Dip Switch ), or Countup (selected in Setup mode) 00ms, or ms (selected in Setup mode) Both the Reset key and digit set keys, or individual key protection (selected in Setup mode) Enabled or disabled (selected in Setup mode) Maximum counting Open collector output Relay output speed On delay Off delay On delay Off delay 0cps ms or less ms or less ms or less ms or less 00cps.m or less.ms or less ms or less ms or less kcps ms or less.ms or less ms or less ms or less kcps 0.ms or less ms or less ms or less ms or less Any location (selected in Setup mode) digits: digits: (selected in Setup mode) Off delay time applies only to the Countup mode. 0cps 00cps kcps kcps Positive: k Negative:.k L 0 H 7 On delay: 0.ms Off delay: 0.ms Positive: k Negative:.k L 0 H 7 On delay: ms or less Off delay: ms or less Positive: k Negative:.k L 0 H 7 V 0V V 0V V 0V Max. V Max. 00 ma Max. V AC0V A AC0V 0.A DC0V 0.A (resistance load) (cos =0.) (L R=7ms) Min. 00,000 contacts Min. 00,000 contacts Min. 00,000 contacts KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-

32 KCN-A Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Output modes Output mode diagrams SET 0 Mode Hold One Shot Equal Hold mode OUT: Held Count: Continued One Shot mode OUT: One Shot Count: Reset Addition Count Continued Reset Continued Signal output Held Momentary (for 0 to 9990 ms ) Only when the count equals the preset value Can be set in 0 miliseconds from 0 to 9990 ms (in Setup mode). Subtraction SET 0 Addition Subtraction Reset OUT Reset OUT 00 ms in One Shot mode, or 0 to 9990 ms (can be set in Setup mode) KCN-T Equal mode OUT: Equal Count: Continued Addition Subtraction SET KCY 0 Reset KCX OUT Only when the count equals the preset value KCX-RN Output duration depends on the counting speed. There is no DC output at kcps or relay output at 00cps or more. KCH-B Counting timing Positive (voltage) input Negative (no voltage) input KCM "H" "L" T T T "H" "L" T T T Note Counted at rising or or falling edge. Minimum speed required (cps) Tsec B-

33 KCN-A Wiring Diagrams KCN-ASR Sensor power DCV ma KCN-ASR-C ASR Count input IN N.C COM N.O Relay output ASR-C Count input IN N.C COM N.O Relay output Count disable input INH Count disable input INH Sensor power common OV input OV Key protection input KP Common input OV I/O Circuit Diagrams AC00V Key protection input KP DC power DCV AC Power Reset input R Reset input R AC00V KCN-AST-C AST-C Count input IN OUT DC output Count disable input INH Common input OV Key protection input KP DC power DCV Reset input R DC Power Dimensions of Terminal block Screw M Wire section: 0..mm Conforming criped contact:.- KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T Sensor power source DCV Internal power source V for negative input V.k 9 For relay output N.C 0 COM DCV Internal circuit for negative input V.k 9 0 For relay output N.C COM KCY KCX Count input k V.k N.O. Count input k V.k N.O. KCX-RN Reset Count disable input 7 k V.k k 0 OUT Reset Count disable input 7 k V.k k 0 OUT KCH-B KCM 0V V 0V V Key protection input Key protection input B-

34 KCN-A Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Input Wiring Examples (count, reset and count disable) Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Input logic: Positive (voltage) input(pos) DCV power V 0V DC -wire proximity switch Brown (Red) Black (White) Black (White) Black (White) Blue (Black) Recommended proximity switch: APS - -T E V sensor power 7 Count input Reset input Count disable input 0V Proximity switch with NPN open collector output Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input(neg) DCV power V 0V Rotary encoder Brown (Red) Black (White) Black (White) Black (White) Blue (Black) Recommended proximity switch: APS - -N E V sensor power 7 Count input Reset input Count disable input 0V KCN-T Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input(neg) V sensor power White Count input Black 7 Reset input Input logic: Positive or negative to be set according to the encoder output DCV power V 0V Red Green V sensor power Count input Count disable input KCY Black 0V Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z 0V Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-J -S(one-phase output) KCX Switch or relay Input logic: Positive (voltage) input(pos) Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input(neg) V sensor power V sensor power KCX-RN 7 Count input Reset input 7 Count input Reset input KCH-B Count disable input 0V Count disable input 0V This connection is preferable to accommodate high input current. KCM Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output Relay output Compatible with relay drive OUT 0 Load N.O Load MAX.00mA 0V COM 0 Load power rated at V B-

35 KCN-A Front Panel Layout and Description Front panel Count (zero-suppressed) Character height: mm for -digit display 0mm for -digit display Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. A negative count is preceded by the minus sigh ( ). Preset value Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Output status "OUT" is displayed when output is enabled. Reset key Resets initial settings in the Setup mode. RST Hz Measurement unit Displayed in the Setup mode Hz: counts per second ms: output duration in the One Shot mode "SET" indicates that a value is preset and displayed. KCN-T KCX KCX-RN KCM KCH-B KCY Digit set keys Use these keys to set or change a value. A preset value can be modified digit by digit. In the Setup mode, a preset value is replaced by initial settings. Rear side 7 8 Array of four dip switches Connecting speed Input mode setting Output mode Operation mode 9 0 B-7

36 KCN-A Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-8 Using the keys. Changing a preset value On the front panel, press a set key once to increment the corresponding digit by one RST Example: When the counter is preset to Pressing key Pressing key Pressing key Each digit is preset upon change.. Resetting the count Press the RST key to reset the currently displayed count. The count is reset within 0. second after the key is pressed. For example, the current count "000" is reset to "0" in the Addition mode, and to the preset value in the Subtraction mode.. Protecting the keys You can lock the RST key and the set keys by short circuiting the Key Protection input pin and the 0V pin. The keys to be protected can be selected in the Setup mode. Standard initialization using the dip switches Use the dip switches on the rear panel to initialize the counter speed and modes. This initialization should be performed before you turn the power on. Dip switches All switches are set to at delivery. No. Set Dip switch to the position to start operation. Custom initialization in the setup mode In the Setup mode, you can initialize the counter to nonstandard values. )Counting speed: 00cps or kcps )Count memory: Off (power-on reset) )Input logic: Positive (voltage) input )Output mode: Countup )Output duration: Output duration in the One Shot mode can be set to 0 to 9990 ms in 0 ms increments. )Prescale: Four digits: 0.00 to Six digits: 0.00 to )Decimal point: Can be displayed at any digit location. 8)Key protection: Reset key and/or any set keys can be. Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Run mode / Item Counting speed Input mode Output mode Operation mode indicated by 0 K DWN UP SET RUN Setup mode Mode selected 0cps Kcps Subtraction Addition One Shot (00 ms) Hold Setup Run selected for protection.. Set Dip switch to then turn the power on to enter into the Setup mode.. Set Dip switch to then turn the power on to enter into the Run mode. * Initial values set in the Setup mode are written to the memory when the power is off.. Operation in Setup mode In the Setup mode, the counter can be initialized using the menu as follows: Count speed(speed) RST Count memory(count) Input logic(signl) Output mode(c-op) RST RST RST Output duration(out-t) Prescale(scale) RST RST Decimal point(point) RST Rest key protection (r-pro) Set key protection (p-pro) RST RST Output when the set value is 0(p0out) RST Use the set key to select a value. Set key: Display 00 00cps. 000 kcps. dip Follows the setting of DIP switch. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to select a value. Set key: Display cler Power on reset. retn Backup for power failure* Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the keys to select a value. Set key: Display pos Positive logic neg Negative logic* Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to select a value. Set key: Display eq Coincidence output dip Follows the setting DIP switch. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to set the output duration. The key is invalid because the duration must be set in 0ms unites.(00ms *) Display Blank 0 0 ms Set Keys Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to set the prescale. (.000*) Display Set Keys. Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to set the decimal point place. The decimal point is displayed in the digit place for the specified set key. (Without decimal point *) Display Set Keys Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to select a value Set key: Display enab Enables the reset key. disa Disables the reset key. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to set each set key to be enabled( o )or disabled( - ). (*-digit type:---- -digit type:------) Set key: Display - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit - (Disabled) o(enabled) Digit Press the Reset key to proceed. Use the set keys to select a value. Set key: Display disa Output disabled* enab Output enabled Press the reset key to return to the count speed menu. Indicates a value set at delivery Important: Always press the Reset key in the Run mode after changing initial settings. Notes When you enable key protection, short circuit the Key Protection input pin and the 0V pin. Keys not available for specific operation are inversely highlighted.

37 KCN-A Operation Example (for KCN-AS) Run mode Changing the preset value. Change 0 to 0 as follows: RST Before change On the front panel, press key once.. The new preset value 0 will be used for the subsequent operation. Setup mode Set the prescale to to count the number of workpieces processed as follows: RST After change The preset value is always zero-suppressed. Quantity KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Multiplied by Sensor RST Prescaled at KCN-T Four workpieces per pulse. Switch to Setup mode. Set Dip switch to then turn the power on to enter into the Setup mode.. Set or change the initial settings. KCY On the counting speed screen, press Dip switch to select the initial speed. On the Output duration screen, leave the initial setting (00 ms) unchanged. KCX Press the RST key to proceed. On the Count memory screen, press "" key to select memory backup at power failure. Press the RST key to proceed. On the Prescale screen, press the key three times to change the current setting to.000. KCX-RN Press the RST key to proceed. KCH-B On the Input logic screen, press "" key to select negative logic. Press the Press the RST RST key to proceed. On the Output mode screen, press "" key to select the mode selected by dip switch. key to proceed. All necessary settings are now completed.. Switch to Run mode. Set Dip switch to, and turn the power off then turn it on again to enter into the Run mode. (Initial values set in the Setup mode are written to the memory when the power is off.). Start up Run mode Turn the power on after changing initial setups, and then press the RST key in the Run mode. KCM B-9

38 KCN-A Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV List of Error Codes In Run mode Error code Count display Preset display f f f f f f - f f f f f err(err) err(err) Preset Preset pset(preset) set (SET) Description Counter overflow Counter underflow Preset memory data error Initial setting memory data error Solving errors For an overflow or underflow, press the RST key to reset the counter and clear the error code. For a preset memory error, press the RST key. The preset display returns to the initial value (000). Change this value as necessary. When an initial setting error has occurred, switch to the Setup mode then restart the counter. One of the error codes listed below will be displayed, Initialize or change the corresponding item(s), and return to the Run mode then press the RST key. Simply press the RST key if no change is required. All items are reset to the initial values set at delivery. Possible cause Count has exceeded upper limit. Count has decreased below lower limit. Preset value divided by prescale exceeds count range. KCN-T Error code Count display Preset display err(err) speed(speed) err(err) count(count) Description Counting speed memory data error Count memory/reset data error err(err) signl(signl) Input logic memory data error err(err) c-op (C-OP) Output mode memory data error KCY err(err) err(err) out-t(out-t) scale(scale) Output duration memory data error Prescale memory data error KCX err(err) err(err) err(err) point(point) pro (PRO) p0out(p0out) Decimal point memory data error Key protection memory data error Zero output memory data error Note: The counter is automatically checked for errors when its power is turned on. If an error occurs, counting and display are disabled except for overflow and underflow. Initial setting memory data errors KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Important For DC power source, the 0V power terminal and the 0V common input terminal are internally short-circuited. Always use negative input logic for DC -wire proximity switch. After changing initial settings, always press the RST key to activate the new values. During counting, any change to a preset value becomes effective when each digit key is pressed. For maintenance purposes, keep records of initial settings and preset values. Avoid using the counter in the environments where: () Ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0. () Ambient humidity exceeds 8, or abrupt temperature changes may cause dewing. () The operation may by affected by dust, metal chips, corrosive gases or other harmful objects. () The machine is exposed to direct sunlight. () You anticipate vibration or shock. Keep the following in mind when wiring: () The wiring of the counter should be separated from power line. () Keep the counter body and wiring away from noise source. () Never use a free terminal as a relay. Isolate the counter from the control circuit before testing insulation voltage and resistance. B-0

39 KCN-A External Dimensions (in mm) Bracket Protective cover 8 (0.) 8 Boring dimensions for Installation 90(for AC power) to mm thick panel 0 (for DC power) KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic. Horizontally aligned handles. Vertically aligned handles Bracket 70 mm or more mm or more KCM KCN-T KCH-B KCY KCX-RN KCX. DC power AC power Depth mm 9mm (Can be tight fit) Square hole Protective cover 70 mm or more 8 mm for tight alignment without the protective cover. How to remove the counter Hold the lever then pull it to mm in the direction shown. Pull the lever to your side. B-

40 KCN-S/KCN-W Single/Dual Preset for Addition and Subtraction Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Maximum counting speed: 0cps, kcps, kcps or kcps (selected by digit keys) With the DIN standard size of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the full featured counter incorporates an easy to read LCD display. Integrating the latest technologies, the counter can be used for many purposes as measuring quantities, length and time. Other options include single preset for general purpose models, and dual preset setting for multifunction counters. Merits Small body and easy to see display With its body of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the counter provides full screen display of either four-digit or six-digit numbers with the height of mm or 0 mm. Easy operation Countup values can be set or modified independently from initial settings. Changes can be made easily and quickly on site. Count display mm 0mm The currently selected digit flashes. Preset value Stores a preset value. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T Backlit LCD integrated in al models Displayed values are backlit to facilitate reading in darkness. Keypad protection cover A keypad cover is attached to prevent erroneous operation. DC power as thin as mm With minimum space requirement, the control board can be installed anywhere. mm AC power is 90 mm thick Increments the value of a selected digit by one. Select a digit to be preset. Switches between first preset mode or second preset mode. A series of models to meet all your needs All models include advanced functions such as prescaling and decimal display. These models can be combined appropriate to satisfy your requirements. Multifunction A complete series of models provide advanced functions such as dual preset nine output modes, count disable, large capacity sensor power (DC V, 0 ma) and AC 00 to 0 V user-selectable power source. Timer option The KCN-S general purpose -digit counter can be used also as a precise digital timer. Addition,subtraction or both operations are available. Twelve error codes quickly report error status. EEPROM to avoid cell replacement The counter uses an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. The memory can store all counts, preset values and mode settings. mm Water proofed front panel The keypad on the front panel is completely coated (IP) to insulate dust and water. B-

41 KCN-S/KCN-W Mode options Addition, subtraction and concurrent Addition mode and Subtraction mode Addition mode In the Addition mode, the count increments by one for each pulse input. When the value has reached a preset value, the counter generates a signal. Subtraction mode In the Subtraction mode, the count decrements by one for each pulse input. When the value has reached zero, the counter generates a signal. 0Count 0Count Preset value Pulse input Preset value Pulse input Sensor Sensor MODE RST MODE RST ENT ENT Incremented to 990 Decremented to 0 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Addition and Subtraction Counting operation is not affected by any deviation of roller movement. Roller for length measurement Addition pulse and subtraction pulse can be entered separately or simultaneously. Addition Subtration KCN-T Deviation MODE RST ENT MODE Rotary encoder Two-phase signal RST ENT KCY Prescaling Converting the number of pulses to quantity or dimension KCX Quantity Sensor RST MODE ENT Multiplied by Prescaled at KCX-RN Four workpieces per pulse Roller for length measurement Cutter Cut length (in mm) KCH-B Can be set to a rounded integer. You need not consider the roller's diameter when setting the counter value Setting in inches Rotary encoder 0.8 mm per pulse Either unit is selectable with the prescaling function Setting in meters Change in the mechanism are not required RST MODE ENT Prescaled at 0.8 KCM B-

42 KCN-S/KCN-W Electronic Displaying a decimal point A decimal point can be displayed at a desired location. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Switching the input logic between positive and negative Device choices are expanded by two input logics available for positive (voltage) input and negative (no voltage) input. Relay RST MODE ENT Decimal point Proximity switch KCN-T Photoelectric sensor Relay output KCN- R KCY DC output KCN- T Rotary encoder KCX-RN KCX Nine operation modes The multifunction counter has nine operation modes, including Compare, Hold, Auto Reset and One shot Output. Ex. Count of the number of workpieces (Compare mode) KCH-B Addition KCM Photoelectic sensor at entry Photoelectic sensor at exit Subtration RST MODE ENT (Mode 7) OUT C P Conveyor The counter counts and displays the number of workpieces on the conveyor. The count is added to by input pulse generated by the photoelectric sensor at the entry, and subtracted from by pulse generated by another sensor at the exit. Addition and subtraction can occur at the same time. B-

43 KCN-S/KCN-W Timer option KCN-SR-C/ST-C/SR/ST General Purpose -digit These counters can be used also as timers from 0.0 second to 99 hours and 9 minutes 0.0s 0.s s 0s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s m 99m9s 99h9m KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Digital clock for easy and error-free setting Quartz crystal oscillator assures the clock precision. Five output modes for wide applications On Delay Off Delay One Shot Flicker Accumulate KCN-T KCY KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX Either time elapsed or remaining can be displayed. B-

44 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter/Timer Functions Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Two Categories of Models General purpose counters Single preset, One-Shot or Hold output, prescaling and decimal point display Source voltage DCV only AC0V or AC0V Output type Relay output DC output Relay output DC output Sensor source -digit(and timer) -digit None DCV ma KCN-SR-C KCN-ST-C KCN-SR KCN-ST KCN-SR-C KCN-ST-C KCN-SR KCN-ST Multifunction Single or Dual preset setting, nine modes including One-Shot, Hold and Compare output, prescaling and decimal point display Model number System KCN- - S Single preset W Dual preset -digit -digit R Relay output T DC output C DC power Blank AC power Source voltage Output type Sensor source -digit -digit DC V Relay output DC output None KCN-WR-C KCN-WT-C KCN-WR-C KCN-WT-C KCN-T AV00V 0V Relay output DC output DCV 0mA KCN-WR KCN-WT KCN-WR KCN-WT KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY General Specifications Item General Purpose Multifunction Source AC AC 8 V, or AC 80 0V AC90 V voltage DC DC 0 8V (Max. 0 p-p ripple) DC 0 0V (Max. 0 p-p ripple) Power consumption Sensor AC DC AC Approx. VA Approx. W DC V (0 8V) ma (Max. 0 p-p ripple) Approx. VA Approx. W DCV (0 8V) 0mA (Max. 0 p-p ripple) power DC None None Memory backup at power failure EEPROM (Up to 00,000 writes) Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 70 (with no freezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 8 RH (with no dewing) Withstand voltage AC kv for one minute (For each of AC input, 0V and relay output interconnection) Insulation resistan 0M or more at DC 00V (AC: For each of AC input, 0V and relay output interconnection) Vibration resistance Shock resistance Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Durable for ms along three axes at 90 m/s (0 G) No error for ms along three axes at 98 m/s (0 G) Noise resistance. kv between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time) Coating Installation Connection IP for the keypad on the front panel against dust and splash. Flush mounting Terminal block Mass AC Approx. 0 g Approx. 0 g DC Approx. 0 g Approx. 0 g Noise tests also include static discharge test and NEMA compliance tests. B-

45 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Performance Specification Operation Setting Setting range Counting speed Input mode Input logic I/O response Item General Purpose (KCN-S) Multifunction (KCN-W) Number of digits Extermal reset input Auto reset Manual reset Power reset Output Output mode Output duration Decimal point display Prescaling Count disable input I/O Specifications Addition and subtration Single preset Single or Dual prest (selected by keys) or digits (depending on models) digits: digits: cps, kcps, kcps, or kcps (selected by keys) For duty factors, see Counting Timing. Addition and/or subtraction or two-phase (selected by keys) Positive (voltage) or negative (no voltage) (selected by keys) Minimum pulse width: ms Responded within 0. ms (. ms at kcps) Responded within 0. s Power shutdown: s or more Reset duration: s or less (until restart) NPN open collector or relay contact a (depending on models) One Shot (momentary output) or Hold (selected by keys) One Shot (momentary output), Hold or Compare (selected by keys) ms (selected by keys in 0 ms increments) Maximum counting speed Open collector output Relay output 0cps ms or less 9ms or less kcps ms or less ms or less kcps 0.ms or less.ms or less kcps.ms or less 7.ms or less Any location (selected by keys) ditits: ditits: Not available Responded within. ms Output response delays only at k cps. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY Input speed 0cps/ kcps/ kcps/ kcps Pulse input Input resistance Input voltage Positive: k Negative:.k (.8k for DC models) L 0 V H 7 0V KCX Reset input Input response Input resistance On delay: Max. ms Off delay: Max. ms Positive: k Negative:.k (.8k for DC models) KCX-RN Input voltage L 0 V H 7 0V Count disable input NPN open collector output Input response Input resistance Input voltage Withstand voltage Current Residual voltage On delay: Max..ms Off delay: Max..ms Positive: k Negative:.k (.8k for DC models) L 0 V H 7 0V Max. V Max. 00mA Max. V KCM KCH-B Relay output Capacity Durability AC0V A (resistance load) Min. 00,000 contacts AC0V 0.A (cos 0.) Min. 00,000 contacts DC0V 0.A (L/R 7ms) Min. 00,000 contacts B-7

46 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter Functions Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Output modes KCN-S Mode No Count Continued Reset Signal output Held One shot ms KCN-W (single preset mode) Mode No 7 8 Count Continued Reset Continued Held C C P P C: Count P: Setting Signal output Held One shot* ms Held KCN-W (dual preset mode) Mode No Count Continued OUT C C P P OUT Signal output Count Signal output Held One shot ms Continued Reset Continued Held Continued Reset C: Count P: First setting P: Second setting Can be set in 0 ms increments from 0 to 9990 ms. C C P P P C P Held One shot* ms Held One shot* Output mode diagrams KCN-S general purpose, single preset Mode (Hold) Out: Held Count: Continued Mode (One Shot) Out: One Shot Count: Reset Addition Subtraction Addition Subtraction KCN-T SET SET 0 0 KCY Reset Reset OUT OUT KCX One Shot means signal output for short duration from 0 to 9990 ms Counting at kcps is disabled during reset in Mode,as. ms is required for auto reset. KCX-RN KCN-W Multifunction, single or dual preset Mode OUT: Held Count: Continued OUT: Held Mode OUT: One Shot OUT: Held Count: Reset Addition Subtraction Addition Subtraction KCH-B SET SET SET SET 0 0 KCM Reset OUT Reset OUT OUT OUT B-8

47 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Mode SET SET 0 Reset OUT OUT Mode SET SET 0 Reset OUT: One Shot Count: Continued OUT: Held Addition Subtraction OUT: Held Count: Continued OUT: One Shot Addition Subtraction Mode SET SET 0 Reset OUT OUT Mode SET SET 0 Reset OUT: Held Count: Continued OUT: Held Addition Subtraction OUT: One Shot Count: Reset OUT: One Shot Addition Subtraction KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic OUT OUT OUT Mode 7 OUT: When the count is equal to or smaller than SET. OUT Mode 8 OUT: When the count is equal to or larger than SET. SET SET 0 SET SET 0 KCN-T OUT OUT OUT Mode9 OUT: When the count is equal to or larger than SET, and when it is equal to or smaller than SET. OUT KCY SET KCX SET 0 OUT OUT KCX-RN Mode Mode Mode 9 are available only on dual preset mode. Single preset mode operate as described under SET, OUT. In One Shot mode, output duration ranges from 0 to 9990 ms. One Shot output turns off when reset signal is entered. In One Shot mode, another countup causes signal output for a set duration. In Mode Mode, counting at k cps is interrupted for 0. to. ms between countup and next pulse input. In both modes, counting at k cps is not affected by countup. Signal output is controlled as follows regardless of the magnitudes and the signs of SET and SET: In Hold mode, it generates and hold signal when the count equals preset value. In One Shot mode, it generates signal momentarily when the count equals preset value. In Compare mode, it generates signal when the count is equal to or larger (or smaller) than the preset value. KCH-B KCM B-9

48 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter Functions Electronic Counting timing Addition and Subtraction mode Positive (voltage) input Addition Subtraction INA "H" "L" Pulse can be counted either at rising edge or falling edge. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV INB INA INB Negative (no voltage) input "H" "L" Pulse can be counted either at rising edge or falling edge. Addition Pulse can be counted either at rising edge or falling edge. "H" "L" "H" "L" Subtraction Pulse can be counted either at rising edge or falling edge. Note: Counting occurs at the rising edge or falling edge. Two-Phase mode KCN-T KCY KCX-RN KCH-B KCM KCX Addition Subtraction INA INB "H" "L" "H" "L" "H" "L" "H" "L" Note: Counting always occurs at rising edge. Duty factors INA and INB in Two-Phase mode: 0 at kcps T(00 s) INA INB "H" "L" "H" "L" T T T T (0 s or more) (0 s or more) Minimum width that enables counting. Counting speed (cps) (s) T B-0

49 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Wiring Diagrams General purpose (KCN-S) KCN- SR KCN- WR Sensor power DCV ma IN-A KCN- ST KCN- WT Sensor power DCV ma IN-A IN-B OUT Relay output IN-B Sensor power 0V Sensor power 0V R Reset input AC 00V AC 00V OUT Relay output Multifunction (KCN-W) Sensor power Sensor DCV power 0mA IN-A IN-B 0V OUT Relay output Sensor power DCV Sensor power 0mA IN-A IN-B 0V Count disable input INH Count disable input INH R Reset input AC00V 0V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic R Reset input R Reset input OUT DC output AC 00V AC 00V AC00V 0V OUT DC output KCN- SR-C KCN- WR-C IN-A 0V Common output IN-B Common input 0V OUT DC output IN-A 0V Common output IN-B Common input 0V Count disable input INH KCY KCN-T R Reset input R Reset input OUT Relay output KCX OUT Relay output DC power DCV OUT Relay output DC power DC V KCN- ST-C KCN- WT-C IN-A IN-B Common input 0V IN-A IN-B Common input 0V Count disable input INH KCX-RN R Reset input OUT DC output R Reset input KCH-B OUT DC output 0V Common output DC power DCV OUT DC output 0V Common output DC power DC V KCM Dimensions of Terminal Block Wire section: 0. to.mm Conforming crimped contact: M screw B-

50 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter Functions Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV I/O Circuit Diagrams Sensor power source DCV IN A IN B V.k k V.k k V.k AC Power source VV for negative input For relay output OUT OUT OUT DCV IN A IN B V.k k V.k k V.k DC Power Internal circuit for negative input For relay output OUT OUT OUT Reset 7 k 0 OUT Reset 7 k 0 OUT V.k V.k KCN-T Count disable input k Count disable input k 0V 0V 0V 0V KCY Input Wiring Examples (count, reset and count disable) For general purpose counters..8 k for multifunction models. Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Proximity switch with NPN open collector output KCX Input logic: Positive (voltege) input (pos) Input mode: Addition and Subtraction separate inputs (ad. sb.) Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) Input mode: Addition and Subtraction separate inputs (ad. sb.) KCX-RN Addition Brown (Red) Black (White) V sensor power IN A Addition Brown (Red) Black (White) V sensor power IN A KCH-B Subtraction Black (White) IN B Subtraction Black (White) IN B Black (White) 7 Reset Black (White) 7 Reset KCM Black (White) Blue (Black) Count disable input 0V Black (White) Blue (Black) Count disable input 0V Recommended proximity swith: APS - -T E Recommended proximity swith: APS - -N E B-

51 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W DC -wire proximity switch Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) Input mode: Addition and Subtraction separate inputs (ad. sb.) Addition Subtraction White Black V sensor power 7 IN A IN B Reset Count disable inpurt 0V Rotary encoder Input logic: Positive or negative to be set according to encoder output Input mode: Two-phase (quad) Red Green (Blue) White Black V sensor power IN A IN B 0V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z 0V or more is required for multifunction DC source voltage. Switch or relay Input logic: Positive (voltage) input (pos) Input mode: Addition and Subtraction separate inputs (ad. sb.) Counting speed: 0cps V sensor power Recommended proximity switch: TRD-J -RZ S TRD-GK -RZ R Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) Input mode: Addition and Subtraction separate inputs (ad. sb.) Counting speed: 0cps V sensor power KCN-T Addition Subtraction IN A IN B Addition Subtraction IN A IN B KCY 7 Reset 7 Reset KCX Count disable input Count disable input 0V 0V KCX-RN This connection is preferable to accommodate high input current. Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output Relay output KCH-B May be driven by relay. OUT 8 OUT 0 Load Load MAX.00mA OUT 8 9 Load KCM 0 Load 0V Load power rated at V OUT B-

52 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter Functions Electronic Front Panel Layout and Description Front panel Count (zero-suppressed) Character height: mm for -digit display 0 mm for -digit display Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Output status OUT: First preset output OUT: Second preset output Reset key Resets initial settings in the Setup mode. Response time: 0. second RST MODE ENT Preset value Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. Measurement unit Hz: counts per second ms: output duratuin in the One Shot mode KCY KCX-RN KCM KCH-B KCX Single/dual-preset mode display SET: First setting SET: Second setting. MODE key: Used to change display mode or operation mode. Press this key and the key at the same time to change operation mode between Run and Setup. ENTER key: Used to write settings. key: Used to select a digit or set its value. Right arrow key: Press this key to shift one digit to the right. B-

53 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Operating procedures. KCN-S General purpose counters Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Power on Run mode Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second. Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second, or leave the system in the Setup mode for one minute. Changing a preset value Go to the Run mode screen, and change the value as ENT Select digit Select new value Store new value follows: Initializing the counter Counting speed speed in Input mode MODE MODE Count memory count MODE Operation mode c-dtr Input logic signl MODE MODE Output mode c-op MODE Output duration out Output duration can be set or changed only in Output Mode. MODE Setup mode (-) The minus sigh (-) can be selected only for the highest digit. Select counting speed * 0 (CPS) Select input mode quad * ad. sb. (two-phase) (addition or subtraction) Select count memory * cler retn (power-on reset) (memory backup) * up dn (addition) (subtraction) pos positive (voltage input) * (Mode ) (Mode ) Select operation mode Select input logic * neg negative (no voltage input) Select output mode Select digit: Select number 000 ms * The lowest digiti is fixed at 0", and cannot be changed. Setting at 0" cannot be made. Prescale scale Notes:. After you change a current setting, always press the ENT key to store the new value.. indicates a value set at delivery.. After you change an initial setting, always press the RST key to reset the count.. The displayed count is determined by the prescale and the decimal point location. For example, if the prescale is set to.00 and the decimal point is set as nnn.nhn, each pulse input increments the count as follows: The following table lists the KCN series models and their initial settings: Model Item Counting speed Input mode Count memory Operation mode Input logic Output mode Prescale MODE Decimal point point Reset key mode reset MODE MODE * enab KCN-SR-879 KCN-SR-C-770 KCN-ST-C-8 0cps Addition or subtraction Backup at power failure Addition Positive Mode,000 (enable reset key) Negative Select digit: Select number Select reset key mode disa (disable reset key) kcps Backup at power failure * Setting at 0" cannot be made Select display range. h h h h h h Select decimal point setting mode nnnnnh. * h denotes the ones' digit before the decimal point is set. Select decimal point position n. n. n. n. n. n. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Decimal point Reset key No Enabled B-

54 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter Functions Electronic. KCN-W Multifunction Single Preset Mode Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Power on Run mode Setup mode KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second. Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second, or leave the system in the Setup mode for one minute. Changing a preset value Go to the Run mode screen, and change the value as follows: ENT Select digit Select new value Store new value (-) The minus sigh (-) can be selected only for the highest digit. OUT Output duration out-t Output duration can be set or changed only in Output Mode or. MODE Select digit Select number 00 ms* The lowest digit fixed at 0", and cannot be changed. Setting at 0" cannot be made KCN-T KCY Initializing the counter In the Setup mode, the counter can be initialized using the menu as speed in Counting speed Input mode count MODE MODE Count memory MODE Select counting speed * 0 (CPS) Select input mode quad * ad. sb. (two-phase) (addition or subtraction) Select count memory * cler retn (power-on reset) (memory backup) Prescale scale MODE Decimal point point Select digit Select number Setting at "0" cannot be made Select display range. h h h h h h * * nnnnnh. h denotes the ones' digit before the decimal point is set. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX Operation mode c-dtr MODE Input logic signl MODE Setmode prset MODE Output mode c-op MODE * up dn (addition) (subtraction) pos positive (voltage input)) Select operation mode Select input logic * neg negative (no voltage input) Select set mode between single and dual preset * (dual preset) (single preset) Select output mode * 7 8 Selecting Mode 7 or 8 changes the operation mode to Addition. The operation mode can be changed in the Output Modes to. Reset key reset MODE MODE * enab Select decimal point setting mode n. n. n. n. n. n. enable reset key Select decimal point position Select reset key mode disa disable reset key Notes:. After you change a current setting, always press the ENT key to store the new value.. indicates a value set at delivery.. After you change an initial setting, always press the RST key to reset the count.. The displayed count is determined by the prescale and the decimal point location. For example, if the prescale is set to.00 and the decimal point is set as nnn.nhn, each pulse input increments the count as follows: B-

55 Counter Functions KCN-S/KCN-W. KCN-W Multifunction Dual Preset Mode Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Power on Changing a preset value Select Dual preset in the Setup mode, then switch to the Run mode to change the value as follows: Run mode Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second. Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second, or leave the system in the Setup mode for one minute. MODE ENT Switch preset value display Select digit Select new value Store new value SET Initializing the counter SET Setup mode (-) The minus sigh (-) can be selected only for the highest digit. In the Setup mode, the counter can be initialized using the menu as follows: OUT Output duration Output duration can out-t be set or changed only in Output Mode,, or. MODE OUT Output duration Output duration can out-t be set or changed only in Output Mode or. MODE Prescale scale MODE Select digit Select number Select digit Select number 00 ms* The lowest digit fixed at "0", and cannot be changed. Setting at "0" cannot be made * Setting at "0" cannot be made. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Counting speed speed in MODE Input mode MODE Select counting speed * 0 [Hz] Select input mode * quad ad. sb. (two-phase) (addition or subtraction) Decimal point point Select display range. h h h h h h * nnnnnh. H denotes the ones' digit before the decimal point is set. KCN-T KCY Count memory Select count memory MODE Select decimal point setting mode count MODE Operation mode c-dtr MODE Input logic signl MODE Set mode prset MODE Output mode c-op MODE * cler retn (power-on reset) (memory backup) * up (addition) pos positive (voltage input) * (dual preset) (single preset) Select operation mode dn (subtraction) Select input logic * neg negative (no voltage input) Select set mode between single and dual preset Select output mode The operation mode can be changed in the Output Modes to. * Reset key reset MODE * enab n. n. n. n. n. n. enable reset key Select decimal point position Select reset key mode disa disable reset key Notes:. After you change a current setting, always press the ENT key to store the new value.. indicates a value set at delivery.. After you change an initial setting, always press the RST key to reset the count.. The displayed count is determined by the prescale and the decimal point location. For example, if the prescale is set to.00 and the decimal point is set as nnn.nhn, each pulse input increments the count as follows: KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX Selecting Mode 7 or 9 changes the operation mode to Addition. B-7

56 KCN-S/KCN-W Timer Functions Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Timer option KCN-S Series General Purpose -digit can be used also as high-precision timers. To use the timer option, connect the pins and before turning the power on. Performance Specifications Mode Output Item Timer range Display Error caused by voltage or temperature variation Start Reset Specification On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot, Flicker or Accumulate (Use keys to select one of these modes.) seconds seconds 9999 seconds second 99 minutes and 9 seconds minute 99 hours and 9 minutes Either time elapsed or remaining (Use keys to select either mode.) 0.00 or ms, whichever is larger (Use keys to select one of these modes.) On Delay: Max. ms Off Delay: Max. ms On Delay: Max. ms Off Delay: Max. ms NPN open collector or a contact (depending on the model) I/O Specifications Start signal input Reset input Open collector output Relay output Response Input resistance Input voltage Response Input resistance Input voltage Withstand voltage Current Residual voltage Capacity On Delay: Max. ms Off Delay: Max. ms Positive: k Negative:.k L: 0 V H:7 0V On Delay: Max. ms Off Delay: Max. ms Positive: k Negative:.k L 0 V H 7 0V Max. V Max. 00mA Max. V AC0V A (resistance load) AC0V 0.A (cos =0.) DC0V 0.A (L/R=7ms) Durability Min. 00,000 contacts Max. 00,000 contacts Max. 00,000 contacts KCN-T Output mode diagrams Mode A On Delay Notes:. Start signal is required for the timer to be activated.. The timer starts with a delay of up to one second when activated by power input.. The timer value is written to the internal EEPROM when the power is turned off of the ENT key is pressed. The EEPROM allows up to 00,000 writes. Avoid turning the power off more than necessary. Mode B Off Delay SET Addition Subtraction SET Addition Subtraction KCY 0 0 Start Start KCX Reset OUT Reset OUT Mode C One Shot Mode D KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Flicker SET 0 Addition Subtraction SET SET Addition Subtraction Start 0 Reset OUT Start Reset OUT Mode E Accumulation B-8

57 Timer Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Wiring Diagrams KCN-SR Sensor power DCV ma Start KCN-SR-C OUT Relay output Start Sensor power 0V C/T Common input 0V C/T R Reset input AC 00V AC 00V KCN-ST KCN-ST-C Sensor power DCV ma Start OUT DC output Start 0V Common output Sensor power 0V C/T Common input 0V C/T R Reset input AC 00V AC 00V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic R Reset input R Reset input OUT Relay output DC power DCV OUT DC output 0V Common output DC power DCV Dimensions of Terminal Block Wire section: 0. to. mm Conforming crimped contact:.- To use the timer option, connect the 0V pin C/T pin before turning the power on. and the KCN-T I/O Circuit Diagrams M screw KCY Sensor power source DCV AC Power Internal power source V for nagative input 0 For relay output OUT DCV DC Power Internal circuit for negative input 0 For relay output OUT KCX KCX-RN Start V.k k 0 OUT Start V.k k 0 OUT KCH-B V.k V.k KCM Reset 7 k Reset 7 k 0V 0V 0V 0V B-9

58 KCN-S/KCN-W Timer Functions Electronic Input Wiring Examples (start and reset) Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Input logic: Positive (voltage) input(pos) Proxoimity switch with NPN open collector output Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) Brown (Red) V sensor power Brown (Red) V sensor power KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Start Reset Black (White) Black (White) Black (White) 7 Start signal input Reset signal input 0 V Start Reset Black (White) Black (White) Black (White) 7 Start signal input Reset signal input 0 V Counter/Timer switch Recommended proximity switch: APS - -T E DC -wire proximity switch Switch or relay Counter/Timer switch Recommended proximity switch: APS - -N E KCN-T Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) Input logic: Positive (voltage) input (pos) Input logic: Negative (no voltage) input (neg) V sensor power V sensor power V sensor power KCY Start Start signal input Start switch Start signal input Start switch Start signal input KCX Reset 7 Reset signal input Reset switch 7 Reset signal input Reset switch 7 Reset signal input 0 V 0 V 0 V KCX-RN Counter/Timer switch Counter/Timer switch Counter/Timer switch KCH-B Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output Relay output KCM OUT 0 Compatible with relay drive Load 0 Load MAX.00mA OUT 0V Load power rated at V B-0

59 Timer Functions KCN-S/KCN-W Front Panel Layout and Description Front panel Output status Reset key Resets initial settings in the Setup mode. Response time: 0. second Count (zero-suppressed) Character height: mm Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. RST MODE ENT Preset value Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. Measurement unit H:M: hours: minutes M:S: minutes: seconds S: seconds Flicker mode: - or -step ENTER key: Used to store settings. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic MODE key: Used to change display mode or operation mode. Press this key and the key at the same time to change operation mode between Run and Setup. Right arrow key: Press this key to shift one digit to the right. key: Used to select a digit or set its value. Operating procedures Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Initializing the timer KCN-T Power on Run mode Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second. Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second, or leave the system in the Setup mode for one minute. ENT Changing a preset value Mode A B C E Select digit Select new value Store new value Mode D MODE Press the MODE key to select SET or SET Setup mode Operation mode t-dtr Input logic signl MODE MODE Output mode t-op Timer range range MODE MODE Select operation mode * up addition Select input logic pos positive power input dn subtraction Select output mode Select timer range * neg negative power input * a b c d e nn.nn* nnn. n nnnn. nnnn nnnn S S S M:S H:M Reset key Select reset key mode reset MODE * enab disa enable reset key disable reset key KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Notes:. After you change a current setting, always press the ENT key to store the new value.. indicates a value set at delivery.. After you change an initial setting, always press the RST key to reset the count. B-

60 KCN-S/KCN-W Counter/Timer Functions Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T List of Error Codes Error code Description Count display Preset display f f f f f f Preset value Counter overflow - f f f f f Preset value Counter underflow pset pset Preset memory data error pset speed Counting speed memory data error c-op Output mode memory data error out-t Output duration memory data error e r r out-t OUT output duration memory data error out-t OUT output duration memory data error scale Prescale memory data error point Decimal point memory data error t-op Timer output mode memory data error range Timer range memory data error : KCN-S only : KCN-W only Solving errors For an overflow or underflow, press the RST key to reset the counter and clear the error code. For any other errors, press the ENT key to clear the error code then make the current settings. Possible cause Count has exceeded upper limit. Count has decreased below lower limit. Preset value divided by prescale exceeds count range. The error code is followed by or to indicate SET or SET error. A memory data error occurs when the current settings do not produce a meaningful result. Notes: The counter continues counting even after an overflow or underflow has occurred. This is performed in the range of to The counter is self-checked for errors when its power is turned on. When an error occurs, counting and display are disabled except for overflow and underflow. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Settings at delivery Counter Timer Item First setting Second setting Counting speed Operation Count memory Counter mode Input mode Preset mode Output mode OUT output duration OUT output duration Prescale Decimal point Reset key Item First setting Second setting Operation Input logic Timer mode Timer range Reset key Set value KCN-S KCN-W 000 0cps Addition/subtraction separate inputs Power-on reset Addition Negative Set value Addition Negative Mode A nn.nn (s) Enabled Mode 00ms.000 nnnnnh. Enabled 000 Dual preset 00ms Important Using a relay, bring the power voltage quickly to the rated level. The KCN-W counters integrate a switching source circuit. Starting the counter causes a surge current to flow into the circuit and may prevent counter operation. Use a power source with a sufficient capacity to prevent the surge current. Keep the source voltage in the 0 to 0 V range for DC -wire proximity switch. After changing initial settings, always press the RST key to reset the counter. To use the counter as timer, connect the common input (sensor power) terminal to the Counter-Timer switch terminal then turn the power on. After you change the timer range from " S" to " M:S" or " H:M", check that the second digit of the preset value is set to a number less than. If necessary, correct the value to prevent a preset error. When you switch the function from timer to counter, re-enter the initial settings and preset value. Any changed preset value during counting is enabled by pressing the ENT key. For maintenance purposes, keep records of the initial settings and preset values. During counting, any change to a preset value become. Avoid using the counter in the environments where: ()Ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0. ()Ambient humidity exceeds 8, or abrupt temperature changes may cause dewing. ()The operation may be affected by dust, metal chips, corrosive gases or other harmful objects. ()The machine is exposed to direct sunlight. ()You anticipate vibration or shock. Keep the following in mind when wiring: ()The wiring to the counter should be separated from power line. ()Keep the counter body and wiring away from noise sources. ()Never use a free terminal as a relay. Isolate the counter from the control circuit before testing insulation voltage and resistance. B-

61 KCN-S/KCN-W External Dimensions Mounting bracket Protective cover 8 (0.) 8 90 (for AC power) to mm thick panel 0 (for DC power). DC power AC power (in mm) Depth mm 9mm KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Boring dimensions for Installation. Horizontally aligned handles. Vertically aligned handles Mounting bracket 70 or more or more 8 mm for tight alignment without the protective cover KCN-T Square hole KCY KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX May be aligned tight or more Protective cover B-

62 Preset for Addition and Subtraction with Batch and Total Options Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY Maximum counting speed: Merits 0cps or kcps (selected by keys) In addition to individual counts, these counters provide batch option to allow a set of counts to be added and displayed. Countup values can be preset for both individual counts and batches. They serve also as total counters that accumulate different counts. Input pulses - or -digit preset counter Total Batches Process output - or -digit batch preset counter Small body and easy to read display With its body of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the counter provides full screen display of either four-digit or six-digit numbers with the height of mm or 0 mm. Backlit LCD integrated in all models Displayed values are backlit to faciliate reading in darkness. Batches output (Displayed only in the batch mode) Easy operation Countup values can be set or modified independently from initial settings. Changes can be made easily and quickly on site. EEPROM to eliminate cell replacement The counter integrates an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. The memory can store all counts, preset values and mode settings. Water proofed front panel The keypad on the front panel is completely coated (IP) to insulate dust and water. KCX Addition, subtraction or both operations are available. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN B-

63 List of Models Single preset, nine modes including One Shot and Hold mode, prescaling and decimal point display Source voltage Output type Sensor source AC00 0V Relay output DCV 0mA -digit R Model number system R R: Relay output : -digit KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic General Specifications Item Source voltage AC Power consumption AC Sensor power AC Memory backup at power failure Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance AC90 V Specification Approx. VA DC V (0 8V) 0mA (Max. 0 p-p ripple) EEPROM (Up to 00,000 writes) (with no freezing) 8 RH (with no dewing) AC kv for one minute (AC: For each of AC input, 0V and relay output interconnections, DC: between 0V and relay output) 0M or more at DC 00V Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Shock resistance Durable for ms along three axes at 90m/s (0G) No error for ms along three axes at 98m/s (0G) Noise resistance. kv between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time) Coating IP for the keypad on the front panel against dust and splash. Installation Flush mounting Connection Terminal block Mass (weight) Approx. 0 g Noise tests also include static discharge test and NEMA compliance tests. KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T KCM KCH-B B-

64 Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Performance Specifications Item Specification Model Addition and subtration counter with batch option / Addition and subtration counter with total option Setting Number of digits One step for both normal mode and batch option digits Setting range digits: Counting speed Pulse input Input logic External reset input Auto reset Manual reset 0cps or kcps (selected by keys) Separate, Concurrent or two-phase (selected by keys) Positive (voltage) or negative (no voltage) (selected by keys) Minimum pulse width: ms Responded within 0.ms Responded within 0.s Power reset Power shutdown: s or more Reset duration: s or less (until restart) Output Relay contact (a) Output mode Nine modes including One Shot and Hold (selected by keys) One Shot mode Output duration in One Shot mode: ms (selected by keys in 0ms increments) I/O response Maximum counting speed 0cps kcps Relay output Max. 0ms Max. ms Decimal point display Any location (selected by keys) Available only in normal mode and total mode with separate settings. Prescaling digits: (Available only in normal mode and total mode in the same range.) Count block Not available I/O Specifications KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Count input External reset input normal and batch Relay output Input speed Input resistance Input voltage Input response Input resistance Input voltage Capacity 0cps kcps KCM Positive: k Negative:.k (.8k for DC models) L: 0 V H: 7 0V On delay: Max. ms Off delay: Max. ms Positive: k Negative:.k (.8k for DC models) L: 0 V H: 7 0V AC0V A (resistance load) AC0V 0.A (cos =0.) DC0V 0.A (L/R=7ms) Durability Min. 00,000 contacts Min. 00,000 contacts Min. 00,000 contacts B-

65 Output modes (Batch counter) Mode No OUT individual count Count Signal output Count Continued Held Reset One shot Continued ms Continued Held Reset One shot Reset ms Continued Held Reset One shot Continued Continued ms OUT batch count Signal output Held One shot ms Only Modes to of OUT are avairable for the Total counter. ) Batch counting Mode Mode Mode Addition SET 0 Reset OUT Mode Mode Mode Addition SET 0 Reset OUT: Held Count: Continued Subtraction OUT: One shot Count: Reset Subtraction KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Output mode diagrams OUT ) Normal counting (Only Modes to for Total counter) Mode Mode Addition Mode7 OUT: Held Count: Continued Subtraction Mode7 SET Mode8 Mode9 Addition OUT: One shot Count: Continued Subtraction SET 0 KCN-T 0 Reset Reset OUT Mode Mode Mode8 OUT: One shot Count: Reset OUT ) Totaling (Accumulates normal counts) KCY SET Addition Subtraction Mode Mode Normal count Total count Mode OUT: None Count: Continued KCX 0 Reset OUT SET 0 Addition Subtraction KCX-RN Mode SET Mode Addition Mode9 OUT: One shot Count: Continued Subtraction Reset Note: 0 ms to 9.99s in One Shot mode KCH-B 0 Reset KCM OUT B-7

66 Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Counting timing Two-Phase pulse input "H" IN A "L" "H" IN B "L" T Addition Separate positive (voltage) input "H" IN A "L" "H" IN B "L" T T T T T T Separate negative (no voltage) input T Addition T In Addition mode, "IN B" pulse in counted either at rising edge or falling edge. Subtraction T T T T Subtraction In Subtraction mode, "IN A" pulse is counted either at rising edge or falling edge. T T T Wiring Diagrams R OUT relay output for normal counting Sensor power DCV 0mA IN-A IN-B OUT relay output for batch counting Sensor power 0V RESET : reset normal count RESET reset batch or total count AC00V 0V KCN-T "H" IN A "L" Addition T Subtraction In Subtraction mode, "IN A" pulse is counted either at rising edge or falling edge. Dimensions of Terminal Block T KCY "H" IN B "L" KCX KCM KCH-B KCX-RN T In Addition mode, "IN B" pulse in counted either at rising edge or falling edge. T T M screw Wire section: 0. to. mm Conforming crimped contact:.- T... Note: The counter can be set so as to count pulse either at rising edge or falling edge. Required speed (cps) T sec B-8

67 Front Panel Layout and Description Front panel Output status Reset key Resets initial settings in the Setup mode. Response time: 0. second MODE key: Used to change display mode or operation mode. Press this key and the key at the same time to change operation mode between Run and Setup. Count (zero-suppressed) Normal count, batches or total is displayed as selected in the Run mode. Character height: 0mm for -digit Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. RST MODE ENT Preset value or count In the Count Display mode, individual count, batches or total is displayed. In the Preset Display mode, individual preset or batch preset is displayed. Initial settings are displayed in the Setup mode. ENTER key: Used to store settings. key: Used to select a digit or set its value. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY Right arrow key: Press this key to shift one digit to the right. KCX KCX-RN KCM KCH-B B-9

68 Electronic Operating procedures Switching between Setup mode and Run mode Power on Run mode Setup mode Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Press the MODE key and the key at the same time for at least 0. second, or leave the system in the Setup mode for one minute. Changing display mode in the Run mode Individual count Individual preset Batch/total count Individual count Batch/total count Batch preset ( A preset value is not displayed in the total counter. ) Individual count Batch/total count Changing a preset value Go to the Run mode screen, and change the value as follows: Output mode c-op MODE OUT Output duration This output duration out-t can be set or changed only in Output Modes,,,,8 and 9. MODE OUT Output duration This output duration can out-t be set or changed only in Output Modes to 9. MODE Select output mode * Only Modes to are available for the Total option. Select digit Select number 000 ms* The lowest digit is fixed at "0", and cannot be changed. Setting at 0" cannot be made Select digit Prescale scale (for individual or total counting) Select digit * Select new value (-) Setting "0" cannot be mode KCN-T ENT Store new value The minus sign (-) can be selected only for the highest digit. MODE Select number KCY Initializing the counter In the Setup mode, the counter can be initialized using the menu as follows: Counting speed speed MODE Select counting speed * [Hz] Decimal point point (for individual counting) MODE Select display range h h h h h h * nnnnnh. H denotes the one digit before the decimal point is set. KCX in Input mode MODE quad Two-phase Select input mode * ad. sb. Separate Decimal point point (for total counting) Select dicimal point setting mode Select decimal point position KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Count memory count MODE Operation mode c-dtr MODE Input logic signl MODE Batch/total option op MODE Select count memory * cler retn Power-on Memory backup reset * up Addition pos Positive (Voltage input) * baoh Batch counter Select operation mode This selection is available only in Output Modes to. dn Subtraction Select input logic * neg Negative (No voltage input) Select Batch or Total option tot Total counter MODE n. n. n. n. n. n. Reset key Select reset key mode reset MODE * enab Enable ena Enable only ena Enable only in in batch or normal mode total mode disa Disable Notes:. After you change a current setting, always press the ENT key to store the new value.. indicates a value set at delivery.. After you change an initial setting, always press the RST key to reset the count.. The displayed count is determined by the prescale and the decimal point location. For example, if the prescale is set to.00 and the decimal point is set as nnn.nhn, each pulse input increments the count as follows: B-0

69 List of Error Codes Count display Error code Preset display f f f f f f Preset value Counter overflow - f f f f f Preset value e r r p s e t p s e t s p e e d c - o p o u t - t o u t - t s c a l e p o i n t p o i n t Description Counter underflow Preset memory data error Preset value divided by prescale exceeds count range. The error code is followed by or to indicate SET or SET error. Counting speed memory data error Output mode memory data error OUT output duration memory data error OUT output duration memory data error Prescale memory data error Decimal point memory data error (individual counting) Decimal point memory data error (total counting) A memory data error occurs when the current settings do not produce a meaningful result. Solving errors For an overflow or underflow, press the RST key to reset the counter and clear the error code. For any other errors, press the ENT key to clear the error code then correct the current settings. Notes: The counter continues counting even after an overflow or underflow has occurred. This is performed in the range of to The counter is automatically checked for errors when is power is turned on. When an error occurs, counting and display are disabled except for overflow and underflow. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Important For DC power source, the 0V terminal and common input(0v) terminal are short circuited. Using a relay, bring the power voltage quickly to the rated level. Always select negative (no voltage) input for DC -wire proximity switch. After changing initial settings, always press the RST key to reset the counter. During counting, and change to a preset value becomes effective when the ENT key is pressed. For maintenance purposes, keep records of the initial settings and preset values. A void using the counter in the environments where: ()Ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0 ()Ambient humidity exceeds 8, or abrupt temperature changes may cause dewing. ()The operation may be affected by dust, metal chips, corrosive gases or other harmful objects. ()The machine is exposed to direct sunlight. ()You anticipate vibration or shock. Keep the following in mind when wiring: ()The wiring to the counter should be separated from power line. ()Keep the counter body and wiring away from noise sources. ()Never use a free terminal as a relay. Isolate the counter from the control circuit before testing insulation voltage and resistance. KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T KCM KCH-B B-

70 Electronic External Dimensions Mounting bracket (in mm) KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Protective cover 8 (0.) 8 to mm thick panel (for DC power). Depth 9mm Boring dimensions for Installation. Horizontally aligned handles.vertically aligned handles KCN-T Mounting bracket 70 or more or more 8 mm for tight alignment without the protective cover Sguare KCY KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX May be aligned tight Hole or more Protective cover B-

71 KCN-T Small Total Maximum counting speed: Merits 0cps, kcps ( digits) or kcps ( digits) With the small body, the total counter features an LCD display as large as possible to facilitate reading. Small body and easy to see display With its body of only 8 mm by 8 mm, the counter provides full screen display of either four-digit or six-digit numbers with the height of mm or 0 mm. Backlit LCD display Displayed values are backlit to faciliate reading in darkness. DC power as thin as mm With minimum space requirement, the control board can be installed anywhere. List of Models Accessories: lnstallation frame, key protective cover. Source voltage -digit -digit AC power DC power KCN-T KCN-T-C KCN-T KCN-T-C KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T mm AC power is 90 mm thick. KCY KCX mm EEPROM to eliminate cell replacement The counter integrates an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. All counts are stored in this memory. KCX-RN KCH-B Water proofed front panel The keypad on the front panel is completely coated (IP) to insulate dust and water. KCM Keypad cover to prevent erroneous operation A keypad cover is attached to protect the Reset key from being pressed during operation. B-

72 KCN-T Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV General Specifications Item Source voltage Power consumption Sensor power Memory backup at power failure Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Shock resistance Noise resistance Coating Installation Connection Mass (weight) Specification AC power DC power AC 8 V or AC 80 0V DC 0 8V (Max. 0 p-p ripple) Approx. VA DC V (0 8V) ma (Max. 0 p-p ripple) Approx. W None EEPROM (Up to 00,000 writes) (with no freezing) 8 RH (with no dewing) AC kv for one minute between AC power and 0V Min. 0M at DC 00V between AC power and 0V Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude Durable for ms along three axes at 90m/s (0G) No error for ms along three axes at 98m/s (0G).kV between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time IP for the keypad on the front panel againgst dust and splash. Flush mounting Terminal block Approx. 0g Approx. 0g Noise tests also include static discharge test and NEMA compliance tests. KCN-T KCY KCX Performance Specifications Item Specification Model Total counters Number of digits Count display -digit (KCN-T and KCN-T-C) / -digit (KCN-T and KCN-T-C) Backlit LCD with character height of mm (-digit) or 0mm (-digit) Counting speed 0cps with terminals to disconnected kcps (-digit) or kcps (-digit) with terminals to connected Counting direction Input logic External reset input Manual reset Addition: Count increments when input signal to 0V terminal changes from High to Low. Negative: when input voltage is 0V Minimum pulse width: ms Responded within 00ms Count disable Response time On delay: Max..ms Off delay: Max..ms KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Input Specifications Count input Count disable input External reset input Counting speed Input resistance Input voltage Response time Input resistance Input voltage Response time Input resistance Input voltage -digit: 0cps or kcps -digit: 0cps or kcps.k between V and input : 0 V : 7 0V On delay: Max..ms Off delay: Max..ms.k between V and input : 0 V : 7 0V On delay: Max. ms Off delay: Max. ms.k between V and input : 0 V : 7 0V B-

73 KCN-T Counting timing H Pulse input L Ta T Tb The count increments by at the time indicated by the down arrow. Counting speed (cps) /T(s). This formula should be modified to / Tb or / Ta if Ta is larger than Tb or vice versa. Count diagram Pulse input Reset Input circuit Input pulse 0V common input V.k k V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Count disable Count KCN-T Note: Each signal is at Low level, and at High level. KCY Wiring Diagrams KCN-T KCN-T KCN-T-C KCN-T-C Sensor power DCV ma IN-A Count disable input IN H 0V common input Counting speed switch CNT SPEED R Reset input IN-A Count disable input INH 0V common input Counting speed switch CNT SPEED R Reset input KCX KCX-RN AC 00V AC 00V KCH-B DC power DCV KCM B-

74 KCN-T Electronic List of Error Codes Error code f f f f f f Solving errors Description Counter overflow KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV For an overflow, press the RST key to reset the counter and clear the error code. Important For DC power source, the 0V terminal and common input (0V) terminal are short circuited. Using a relay, bring the power voltage quickly to the rated level. Avoid using the counter in the environments where: () Ambient temperature is above 0 or below -0. () Ambient humidity exceeds 8%, or abrupt temperature changes may cause dewing. Note: The counter continues counting even after on overflow has occurred. This is performed in the range of 0 to ()The operation may be affected by dust, metal chips, corrosive gases or other harmful objects. ()The machine is exposed to direct sunlight. ()You anticipate vibration or shock. Keep the following in mind when wiring: ()The wiring to the counter should be separated from power line. ()Keep the counter body and wiring away from noise sources. ()Never use a free terminal as a relay. Isolate the counter from the control circuit before testing insulation voltage and resistance. External Dimensions (in mm) KCN-T Mounting bracket 90 (for AC power) KCX 8. KCX-RN KCY Protective cover 8 (0.) to mm thick panel 0 (for DC power) DC power AC power Depth mm 9mm KCH-B Boring dimensions for Installation. Horizontally aligned handles. Vertically aligned handles Mounting bracket 70 or more or more 8mm for tight alignment without the protective cover KCM May be aligned tight. Square hole or more Protective cover B-

75 KCY Small Electronic for Addition, Addition/Subtraction or Totalizing (Add/Sub) Maximum counting speed: -digit: 0Hz or khz -digit: 0Hz or khz With the DIN standard of only 8 mm by 8 mm, these counters integrate advanced functions. Operation modes include addition, addition and subtraction with or without manual reset, and totalling. Merits DIN 8 8 small body for minimum space requirement Easy setting Countup values can be easily set and confirmed any time. Changes can be made also when the power is. The front panel is completely coated to insulate dust and water. This cover also serves to prevent wrong operation. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Quick response No voltage relay contact (a) or open collector output Relay output: AV0V A la relay contact Open collector: DCV 0 ma Built-in V sensor source Each counter incorporates a DCV ma source available for a proximity switch or other external device. (NPN output) Memory backup at power failure A large volume capacitor is also integrated to assure memory backup of 00 hours or days. It supports maximum security with minimum maintenance. The counter can be either flush mounting or wall surface mounting. KCY-/ Addition - or -digit display with input and output indicators. One Shot output or Hold mode is available. KCY- KCY-D/D Addition and Subtraction - or -digit count display Addition, Subtraction or concurrent mode is available. Two-phase or separate pulse input for concurrent operation. Allows concurrent inputs of addition and subtraction. One Shot output option and Hold option are available. KCY-D KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T Count Addition Preset value Subtraction Count Preset value KCH-B 0 Output 0 Output KCM Addition and subtraction Count Preset value Addition Subtraction 0 Output B-7

76 KCY KCX KCY KCN-T KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCX-RN KCM KCH-B Electronic Specifications Model number Addition Addition and Subtraction KCY--G/H KCY-D-G/H Number of digits -digit -digit KCY--G/H KCY-D-G/H Count input External reset input Auto reset Output Output respomse time Power-on reset Sensor power Withstand voltage Counting speed 0cps or kcps 0cps or kcps Input resistance.7k with pullup to V in negative mode Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time On delay: ms Off delay: ms On delay: ms Off delay: ms Input resistance.7k with pullup to V in negative mode Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time Max. ms Max. 0.ms NPN open collector Relay output open collector Relay output Shutdown time Reset time NPN output: DC V 0mA Withstand voltage: V Residual voltage: Max..V a contact: AC 0V A Electrical durability 00,000 contacts Mechanical durability 0,000,000 contacts 0cps: Approx. 0ms kcps: Approx. 00 s 0cps: Approx. 0ms kcps: Approx. 0ms Min. 00ms Min. 00ms DC+V ma AC kv for one minute for each of AC input, 0V and relay output interconnections (Complies with JIS C09) Vibration resistance Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude Noise resistance kv (square wave pulse with s width) Source voltage KCY- -G: AC 8 V KCY- -H: AC 80 0V Power consumption With count display: Approx. VA Without count display: Approx. VA Ambient temperature 0 0 C Storage temperature 70 C (with no freezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 8 RH (with no dewing) 0cps: Approx. 0ms kcps: Approx. 00 s 0cps: Approx. 0ms kcps: Approx. 0ms Weight Accessory Approx. 00g Mounting bracket, protective cover Time required for the internal circuit to detect power failure Time requited for the counter to restart after its power is turned on. B-8

77 KCY Terminal Assignment Rear side Terminal number Function AC 00/0V power source (free on KCY- -G) AC 0V power source (free on KCY- -H) Common negative input/output DC V ma sensor power Count input IN B (Subtraction) (free on KCY- ) Count input IN A (Addition) (free on KCY- ) Reset Open collector output (free on KCY-T) Relay contact output (free on KCY-T) Power source AC 0V Relay contact output (free on KCY-T) Note: Terminals,,,8,9 and may be left unused. Do not use them as relay terminals. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic I/O Circuits KCY- -D V.7K Max. 0mA KCN-T Max. ma Max. ma IN A IN B K V.K.7K K V.K Internal circuit 8 9 Load Positive load power Max. V KCY KCX.7K Reset Max. ma 7 K.K KCX-RN V sensor power V V V KCY- -G KCY- -H 0 AC V AC00V AC00 0V KCH-B KCM Note: Terminal is unused and Terminal is "IN" on the KCY-/KCY- addition counters. B-9

78 KCY Electronic Operating procedures Mode selection To select the counter modes, use the four switches (or two switches on the addition counters) located on the left side of the counter. Note: The available dip switches are Switches and on the addition counters, and Switches, and on the total counters. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Switch : Counting speed B A This switch is used to set or change the maximum counting speed. Turn the switch to Position A to select k cps for -digit counters, or k cps for -digit counters. Move it to Position B to select 0 cps for -digit and -digit counters. Position B is used for contact output, and Position A for no contact output. Relay contact Switch Mode selected at position A at position B Counting speed Signal output Pulse count Operation kcps or kcps One shot Two-phase Addition 0cps Hold Separate Subtraction Switch : Signal output Use this switch to switch the output mode between One Shot and Hold. In the One Shot mode, the counter generates a signal upon countup, and turns it off after 00 ms. The count is reset upon countup. In the Hold mode, the counter generates a signal upon countup. Both the signal output and the count are retained until reset. The following charts compare the two modes of the addition counter. H Pulse input L Preset value Count KCY 0 KCX Limit switch B A Signal output One Shot mode B KCX-RN Pulse input H L A KCH-B Proximity switch Preset value Count KCM Rotary encoder B A Signal output Reset 0 H L Hold mode B A B-70

79 KCY Switch : Pulse count (Unavailable on KCY- and KCY- counters) This switch changes the pulse count mode between Two-Phase (90 dephased) or Separate. Separate mode IN A IN B H L Two-Phase mode IN A IN B H L H L Addition Counted either at rising edge or falling edge Addition Switch : Operation (Unavailable on KCY-, KCY- and KCY-T counters) H L H L H L Subtraction Counted either at rising edge or falling edge Subtraction B A B A KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic This switch changes the operation mode between Addition and Subtraction. Addition mode Pulse input H L Preset value Count Output Reset Pulse input Preset value Count Output Reset Counting timing KCY- 0 H L Subtraction mode H L 0 H L Separate mode D Addition and Subtraction IN A H L Addition B A B A Subtraction Counted either at rising edge or falling edge KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T IN B Counted either at rising edge or falling edge H L KCM Two-Phase mode IN A H L Addition H L Subtraction IN B H L H L On the KCY- Series counters, the only option is the Pulse input A in the Separate mode shown above. B-7

80 KCY Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY Pulse input requirements KCY- Separate mode IN A IN B D, Addition and Subtraction H L H L Two-Phase mode IN A IN B On the KCY- H L H L Reset input One Shot mode ta tb Repeated additions or subtractions tc td te tf Series counters, the only option is the Pulse input A in the Separate mode shown above. IN A H L ta H IN B L Both A and B can be counted at the same time if the pulse width and interval are equal to or longer than the specified time. ta tb tc td te and tf must be: 0 s or more for -digit counters 0 s or more for -digit counters The reset signal input initializes the counter with negative input logic. This signal input resets the addition count to zero or the subtraction count to the preset value, and turns off the output signal. After reset, the counter must be restarted to resume operation. On the KCY-T counter, the count can be manually reset to zero. Signal output KCY- Addition Power Pulse input Preset value H L tb KCX Count 0 Output 00ms 00ms KCX-RN Hold mode Reset input Power H L KCH-B Pulse input H L Preset value KCM Count Output 0 Reset input H L B-7

81 KCY KCY- Addition One Shot mode Power Pulse input H L Preset value Count 0 Output H Reset input L Subtraction One Shot mode Power Pulse input H L D, Addition and Subtraction Hold mode Power Pulse input H L Preset value Count 0 Output H Reset input L Hold mode Power Pulse input H L KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Preset value Count Output Reset input 0 H L Preset value Count Output Reset input 0 H L KCN-T KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY B-7

82 KCY Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Connecting to input device Relay input Using KF-0 socket for wall surface mounting Addition contact DC input Subtraction contact External reset contact (reset when contact is ) INA INB Using KF-0 socket for wall surface mounting Proximity switch Addition APS N Subtraction APS N The above colors apply to APS. Black (Blue) Red (Brown) White (Black) White (Black) External reset contact (reset when contact is ) INA INB E(0V) V External power source E(0V) Addition contact Using KB-0 socket for flush mounting Subtraction contact E(0V) INB INA Using KB-0 socket for flush mounting Proximity switch Addition APS N Subtraction APS N The above colors apply to APS. Red (Brown) White (Black) White (Black) E(0V) Black (Blue) INB INA External reset contact (reset when contact is ) V External power source External reset contact (reset when contact is ) KCY INA INA KCX KCX-RN Two-phase rotary encoder TRD-J -RZ Red Green V External Black White External reset contact (reset when contact is ) INB E(0V) Two-phase rotary encoder TRD-J -RZ Red Green V External Black White INB 7 8 E(0V) 9 0 External reset contact (reset when contact is ) KCH-B Connecting to power source KCY G at 0V only KF KB-0 Free terminals: 8,9 and on Model KCY-T, and on Model KCY- and KCY- KCY H at 0V only KF KB-0 KCM AC0V AC0V AC0V AC0V Free terminals: on Models -G, and on Models -H. B-7

83 KCY Useful Information Count overrange The KCY modes can count from 0 to 9999 for -digit output, and 0 to 99 in -digit output. In the One Shot mode, the count never exceeds these ranges. In the Hold mode, the count is not automatically reset upon countup. The counter continues to count input pulses in excess of the specified range. The signal output is held until reset. 0 Subtraction Addition (7) () 000 (0) (-digit count in parentheses) Changing the preset value During counting, a change to the preset value may cause the counter to generate a false signal. Before you make a change, always turn the power off, or reset the counter. Presetting to zero The counter may be preset to zero; "0000" on a -digit counter, or "00" on a -digit counter. In the Hold mode, the signal output is held upon countup. In the One Shot mode, however, the output signal "oscillates" and may affect subsequent processes. Pulse input During fast counting, the counter may erroneously count noises of contact relays. To avoid this, use DC input instead of contact relays. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic In the Addition mode, the count changes as follows when it has reached the upper limit: KCN-T digits KCY digits KCX In the Subtraction mode, the count changes as follows when it has reached the lower limit (except KCY- and KCY-): digits lower limit (except KCY- and KCY-) KCX-RN KCH-B digits KCM B-7

84 KCY Electronic External Dimensions 8 (in mm) Bore dimensions for wall surface mounting (Socket F) 8 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Socket F (option) Socket B (option) 80. Bracket for wall surface mounting hole or M screw Bore dimensions for flush mounting Protective cover KCN-T Specified sockets For wall surface mounting: KF-0 (applicable to DIN rails) 8 7 For flush mounting: KB KCY KCX Installation procedures KCX-RN Wall surface mounting using KF-0 Flush mounting using KB-0 KF-0 socket Hook KCH-B KCM Protective cover Bracket (Tighten screws with a torque of less than kg-cm.) KB-0 socket When attaching the protective cover, you cannot make panel operation. B-7

85 KCX series Preset Counter Total counter Category Model number Number Memry backup of digits at power failure KCX- Single preset Dual preset (with numerical display) Accessory: Metal fitting(bracket) Addition with I/O indicators Addition with numerical display Addition and Subtraction Addition Addition and Subtraction Addition Addition and Subtraction KCX- KCX- KCX- KCX-D KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-B KCX-BM KCX-B KCX-BM KCX-W KCX-W KCX-WM KCX-W KCX-W KCX-WM KCX-BW KCX-BWM KCX-BW KCX-BWM KCX-RN KCX-RN KCX-T KCX-T KCX-8T KCX-BT KCX-BT 8 Operation speed 0cps/ 00cps 0cps/ kcps 0cps/ 00cps 0cps/ kcps 0cps/ kcps 0cps/ 0kcps 0cps/ kcps 0cps/ kcps 0cps/ 0kcps 00cps/ 0kcps 0cps/ Kcps 0cps/ Kcps 0cps/ 0Kcps 0cps/ 0kcps Sensor power DCV 0mA DCV 80mA DCV 0mA DCV 80mA DCV 00mA DCV 0mA DCV 80mA Source voltage AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCM KCH-B B-77

86 KCX-, M, D, DM Single Preset Green for Addition Electronic Maximum Counting speed - or -digit: 0cps or 00cps - or -digit: 0cps or Kcps - or -digit: 0cps or Kcps KCX- Counter with I/O indicators KCX-D Counter with numerical display KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV These counters feature an easy to read green LED screen to display one- to six-digit values, and operation modes and status. Advanced functions are also integrated, including dust insulation and power backup. Merits Green LED for easy reading Each model features a green LED display to facilitate reading. Numerical values are displayed with the height of 8 mm. Dust prevention cover On all models, a protective cover is attached to the front panel. The keys and buttons can be operated through this cover. KCN-T Cover Key Type A and Type B output options With a small change to the connection, the output mode can be switched between One shot and Hold. Six counter modes Any of the six combinations can be selected as described on page 78. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Minimum space requirement In compliance with the DIN standard, all models are sized 7 mm (height) 7 mm (width) 0. mm (depth). Memory backup at power shutdown Nickel cadmium battery is supported for minimum maintenance work. During power shutdown, current consumption is kept as low as several microamperes allowing memory backup for up to,000 hours. Power failure is detected by an integrated circuit to activate emergency I/O gates. Input status before shutdown is stored so the counter can resume operation upon recovery. Any pulse input is ignored during power shutdown. Built-in sensor power A DCV, 0 ma power source is included in all counters to allow direct connection to a proximity switch, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder. Variable output duration On the front panel, you can control the duration of One shot (Type A) output. Using a dial, the output time can be adjusted between 0 ms and,000 ms. You can extend it to 0 seconds by adding a capacitor. Wide range of source voltage You can choose source voltage of either AC90 to V, or AC80 to V. Option to disable count input Mounting The counter can be mounted onto the wall surface in either way, wall surface mounting or flush mounting. Use mounting bracket for the flush mounting and use terminal block (socket F) for wall surface mounting. Bracket Counter body Socket F (terminal block) Socket B (terminal block) or connector B-78

87 KCX-, M, D, DM Specifications Model number Number of digits Operation Count input External reset Auto reset Power-on reset DC output Relay output I/O response Memory backup at power shutdown (Only models with battery) Sensor power Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Source voltage Power consumption Ambient temperature (during operation) I/O indicators Numerical display Standard Standard backup memory KCX- KCX- KCX- KCX- KCX-D KCX-D KCX-D KCX-D KCX-D KCX-D KCX-DM KCX-DM KCX-DM KCX-DM KCX-DM -digit -digit -digit -digit -digit -digit Type A: One shop output with auto reset Type B: Hold output Maximum count speed Minimum pulse width Input resistance Contact input 0cps 0ms k Static input 00cps.ms k Contact input 0cps 0ms k Static input kcps 0.ms k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time On delay: 0ms On delay: 0ms Off delay: ms Off delay: ms Input resistance k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time Max. ms Max. ms Power shutdown Min. 0.s Reset duration Min. 0.s Output resistance.k (at no load voltage of V) Output current Source:.mA Sink:8.0mA Withstand voltage V Output duration Type A: Variable Type B: Held Capacity AC0V A Circuit One transfer circuit Output duration Type A: Variable Type B: Held Electrical durability Min.,000,000 contacts at AC0V resistance load) Mechanical durability Min. 0,000,000 contacts 0cps 00cps 0cps kcps Voltage output Approx. 0ms Approx. ms Approx. 0ms Approx. 0.8ms Contact output Approx. 0ms Approx. ms Approx. 0ms Approx. 0ms Time for charging 0hours Backup duration Approx.,000 hours at or 800 hours at Response of emergency 0 00ms input gate (70ms typ) Response of input 0 00ms gete upon recovery (0ms typ) DC V V 0mA Max. 0% (rms) ripple AC kv for one minute (For each of AC power, pin E and relay contact interconnections) DC 00V Min. 0M (In compliance with JIC C09) Contact input 0cps 0ms k On delay: ms Off delay: ms Max. 0.ms 0cps Approx. 0ms Approx. 0ms Static input kcps 0.ms k kcps Approx. 0.ms Approx. 0ms Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude AC 90 V, or AC 80 V (0/0Hz) With numerical display: Approx. VA With I/O indicators: Approx. VA During power supply: 0 0 ( 0 0 with no risk of destroyed battery) During memory backup: 0 0 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-79

88 KCX-, M, D, DM Electronic Storage temperature With memory backup (included battery): 0 0 ( 0 70 during transportation of less than one week) Without memory backup: 0 Ambient/Storage humidity 8%RH (with no dewing) Noise resistance 7 kv (square wave pulse with s width) Weight Approx. 0.kg KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Notes:. Power-on reset is available on the KCX- to and KCX-D to D, the models without the memory backup option (battery). "Reset time" is the time required for the counter to restart counting after the power is turned on.. DC output When connected to V Positive load V Source.k V or more. Time required for the counter to generate signal after the last pulse is counted at the rising edge. Relay input DC input A or B C D t A B KCX t C D DC output Relay output t: DC output response t: Relay output response Negative load V V k. Time required for the included battery to be fully charged.. Time for an internal circuit to disable pulse input and reset input after it detects power failure. Until this time, these signal inputs remain active. KCN-T Sink 0.8V or less. Time for an internal circuit to enable pulse input and reset input after it detects power recovery. When connected to V 7. Noise tests also include static discharge, induced load switching, electromagnetic switch oscillation and other tests defined by KOYO. KCY V V Sink Vc KCX Vc is equal to or less than V at sink current of 0 ma. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN B-80

89 KCX-, M, D, DM Output modes Type A (One shot) output The counter generates a signal upon countup, or when the number of input pulses has reached the preset value. Using a dial, the output duration can be adjusted between 0ms and,000ms. Upon countup, both the count and signal output are automatically reset. Count is reset to zero when the external reset terminal is activated. With memory backup Power Pulse input Preset value Count With memory backup Power Pulse input Preset value Count Output External reset Standard models Power Pulse input Count is reset by external reset. t 0.s KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Output External reset Approx ms Preset value Count Count is reset by external reset. Output Standard models Power External reset Count is reset by external reset, or power shoutdown for 0. second or more. KCN-T Pulse input Preset value Count Output External reset Approx. 0 Type B (Hold) output 000ms t 0.s t 0.s Count is reset by external reset, or power shoutdown for 0. second or more. The counter generates and holds a signal upon countup, or when the number of input pulses has reached the preset value. On the counters with numerical displays, the terminals, and can be connected. In this case, the count is not reset upon countup, but continues to be incremented for each pulse input. When the terminal and are connected, the count is upon countup. (See "Switching between Type A and Type B" below.) Switching between Type A and Type B Connect terminals and to select the Type B operation. The count is reset upon countup. If the terminals, and are connected, the count is not reset upon countup. It continues to be incremented for each pulse input. 7 V IN 0cps IN High speed E CH CH R Type B operation Counter KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY B-8

90 KCX-, M, D, DM Electronic Terminal Assignment With I/O indicators Teminal number Name Description Wiring Diagrams Pulse input. Relay input V Sensor power output IN(0cps) Count input V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV IN E CH R OUT COM. N.O. N.C. AC80 V AC90 V High speed count input Grounding (capacitor ) One shot output/hold switch (capacitor ) Not connected External reset input DC output Relay output AC power input Pulse (counted when relay is ) Reset (Reset for ) 7 IN R 0cps Counter AC0V KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T With numerical display Teminal number Name Description V Sensor power output IN(0cps) Count input IN High speed count input E Grounding (capacitor ) CH One shot output/hold switch (capacitor ) CH Auto reset/not auto reset switch 7 R External reset input 8 OUT DC output 9 COM. 0 N.O. Relay output N.C. AC80 V AC90 V AC power input AC0V. See Specifications.. Capacitor for output time extension. DC input Set V Max..7 k Counter V Max..7k High speed count input Reset Count input. Connection to open collector output.7k or less 7 V IN (0cps) IN (High speed) E R Counter Either count input or high speed count input can be selected as count rate. KCH-B KCM PLC.7k or less V IN (0cps) IN (High speed) E Counter 7 R B-8

91 KCX-, M, D, DM Notes on relay input ()On the circuit shown on the right, the input current to the relay is less than ma. Use a reliable relay that responds to such small current. Do not use an electromagnetic switch contact designed for large current and voltage. ()The following table lists the standard responses of Terminal at the pulse rate of 0 cps: Input voltage A ma Input circuit V KCX IN 0Hz B. DC output Source load E 7 Sink load Counter OUT mA or less Static output voltage L: 0.8V or less H: V or more.k or more Load KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic A T T 0 OUT mA or less Static output voltage B Input voltage ton On delay (ton) toff Off delay (toff) 7 E Counter L: V or less V or less RL E KCN-T V V ms 8ms ms 8ms KCY 0V ms ms These are the standard values. T and T0 should be at least three times longer than ton and toff. For example, when using the DCV sensor power, T and T0 should be ms or more. Electric current flows into the circuit when the output voltage falls to "L" level. Contrary to the open collector, the output rises to "H" level upon countup. KCX Output Connection. Relay output KCX-RN COM N.O Load A Load power KCH-B Counter N.C. Load B KCM Upon countup, Load A is activated and Load B is deactivated. B-8

92 KCX-, M, D, DM Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Connection Examples Direct connection to a sensor Pulse input Proximity switch, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder Reset Parallel. Relay input Red (Brown) Proximity switch, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder Red (Brown) Count input High speed count input White (Black) Black (Blue) White (Black) Black (Blue) 7 V IN (0cps) IN (High speed) E R Counter The V terminal should not consume more than ma. Count disable using a free terminal Sensor Count disable 7 V IN (0cps) IN (High speed) Pulse count is disabled when the contact is closed to force input to the terminal. However, the count increments by when the contact is closed while the sensor (terminal ) output is at "L" level. E R Counter V Count disable during signal output KCN-T Pulse input IN (0cps) E Counter V IN (0cps) OUT 8 9 KCY KCX V IN (0cps) E Counter Sensor 7 IN (High speed) E R Counter 0 KCX-RN. DC input For high speed pulse input, the sensor should be connected as shown by the dashed lines. Use Hitachi diodes IS07 or equivalent. Connection to TTL logic gate KCH-B KCM V Count signal R IN (High speed) E IN (High speed) R (k ) N: Numbers of counter that can be N connected in parallel. E Counter Counter k Pulse input V k V Reset input Static relay KTS-L 7 Counter Pull-in current is ma on the KCX counter side (0.V residual voltage). 8 RD.7EB (NEC) to TTL B-8

93 KCX-, M, D, DM List of Counter Modes One of the following six combinations can be selected for the numerical display counters. Output Upon countup Count disable Timing chart Connection Held One shot Reset Not reset Type A operation Count Output Type B Operation Count Output Extermal reset Countup One shot - - KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Countup Count Output - Extermal reset KCN-T Count Output Countup One shot - or - KCY Countup KCX Count Output Extermal reset Held - or KCH-B KCX-RN Count Output Extermal reset - or - - KCM When Terminal is connected to Terminal, the time for the count disable to be activated is the same as the response time of Terminal. B-8

94 KCX- W, WM Dual Preset Green for Addition Electronic Maximum count speed - or -digit: 0cps or kcps - or -digit: 0cps or kcps These counters feature an easy to see green LED screen to display three to six digit counts and dual preset values. Other features include dust insulation and power backup. KCX-W KCX-WM KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Merits Green LED for easy reading Each model features a green LED display to facilitate reading. Numerical values are displayed with the height of 8mm. Minimum space requirement In compliance with the DIN standard, all models are sized 7mm (height) 7mm (width) 0.mm (depth). Dust prevention cover On all models, a protective cover is attached to the front panel. The keys and buttons can be operated through this cover. Output duration adjustor Count speed switch Mode switch KCN-T Cover A B KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY Option to disable count input Pulse input and count can be disabled by signal input to the count disable terminal. Memory backup at power shutdown The integrated nickel cadmium battery allows memory backup for up to,000 hours. Wide range of source voltage The counter accepts voltage of DC.V to 0V from a source ranging from V to V. You can choose source of either AC 90 to V, or AC 80 to V. Variable output duration On the rear panel, you can control the duration of One shot (Type A) output. Using a dial, the output time can be adjusted between 0 ms and,000ms. One shot output and Hold output options Using the selector on the rear panel, output type can be selected between One shot (Type A) output and hold (Type B) output. Slow Count and Fast Count options Using the selector on the rear panel, count speed can be switched between 0cps and kcps (kcps for - or -digit counter). Switch Switch Mode Count speed A Type A kcps operation WM kcps W WM B Type B operation 0cps Integrated sensor power DCV, 0 ma power source is included in all counters to allow direct connection to a proximity switch, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder. Mounting The counter can be mounted onto the wall surface in either way, wall surface mounting or flush mounting. Use mounting bracket for the flush mounting and use terminal block (socket F) for wall surface mounting. Bracket Counter body Socket F (terminal block) Socket B (terminal block) or connector B-8

95 KCX- W, WM Specifications Model number Number of digits Operation Count input Count disable input External reset Auto reset Power-on reset (KCX- W) DC output Relay output I/O response Memory backup at power shutdown (KCX- WM) Sensor power Source voltage Ambient temperature Storage temperature Standard models With backup memory KCX-W digits KCX-W KCX-WM digits First preset: Type B (Hold output) only Second preset: Type A (One shot output) or Type B (Hold output) selected by switch on rear panel Maximum count speed Minimum pulse width Input resistance Input voltage Response time Input resistance Input voltage Response time Input resistance Input voltage Response time Power shutdown Reset duration Output resistance Output current Withstand voltage Output duration Capacity Circuit Output duration Electrical durability Mechanical durability Voltage output Contact output KCX-W digits 0cps kcps (selected by switch) 0cps (selected by switch) kcps 0cps kcps k 0ms 0.ms "L"0 V "H". 0V On delay Off delay k Max. 0.ms Max. 0.ms "L"0 V "H". 0V On delay Max. 0ms Off delay Max. ms k "L"0 V "H". 0V Max. 0.ms Min. 00ms Max. 00ms.k (at no load voltage of V) Source:.mA Sink: 8mA V 0ms s AC0V A One make contact 0ms s Min. 0,000,000 contacts Min.,000,000 contacts (resistance load) 0cps kcps 0cps kcps 0ms 0.ms 0ms 0ms Time for charging Backup duration 0h 000h( ) 000h(0 ) Response of emergency input gate Max. 00ms Response of input gate upon recovery Max. 00ms DC+V 0mA AC 90 V, or AC 80 V (0/0Hz) approx..va 0cps kcps On delay Off delay On delay Off delay 0ms 0.ms Max. 0.ms 0cps kcps 0cps kcps During power supply: 0 0 ( 0 0 with no risk of destroyed battery) During memory backup: 0 0 Max. 0.ms Max. 0.ms Max. ms Max. 0.8ms 0ms 0.ms 0ms 0ms KCX- W: 0 KCX- WM: 0 0 ( 0 70 during transportation of less than one week) Ambient/Storage humidity 8%RH (with no dewing) Weight 0.kg KCX-W KCX-WM digits KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Note: See pages 7 and 7 for withstand voltage, insulation resistance, vibration resistance, noise resistance and other related specifications. B-87

96 KCX- W, WM Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Operation Type A (One shot) output Type B (Hold) output Selecting A or B Only Type B output is available for the first preset value. For the second preset value, either Type A or B can be selected by the switch on the rear panel. Variable Type A output For the second preset value, the duration of Type A output can be changed. Use the dial on the rear panel to select the desired time from 0ms to,000ms. Changing count speed The input speed of Terminal can be changed. Use the selector on the rear panel to select 0cps or kcps (or kcps for - or - digit counter). Terminal Assignment Terminal number Name Description V Sensor power output IN INH E OUT OUT R OUT OUT Count input Count disable input Grounding DC output DC output External reset input Relay output (a contact) Relay output (a contact) AC80 V AC90 V AC power input AC0V KCX KCY KCN-T Type A (One shot) output () Count starts 0. second after the power is on. () Count is interrupted when the count disable terminal is activated by additional voltage of.v to 0V. Count is restarted when the terminal is deactivated. () The counter generates a signal upon countup, or when the number of input pulses has reached the first preset value. For the first preset, signal output is held (Type B output). () The counter generates another signal when the pulse count has reached the second preset value. Upon countup, both the count and signal output are automatically reset. () The first signal drops to zero at the same time as the second signal. Standard models: KCX- to W () Count is reset to zero when the external reset terminal is activated by additional voltage of.v to 0V. Signal output is also reset if the count has previously reached the first and/or second value. (7) The KCX- to WM models integrates a backup memory for power shutdown. When the power is shut down, both the count and the output status are stored in this memory. (8) These models also have a power-on reset function. Count and signal output are reset when the power is off for 0. second then turned on. KCX-RN Power Pulse input t 0.s Second preset value First preset value t 0.s KCH-B Count Count disable First output 0ms s KCM Second output External reset B-88

97 KCX- W, WM With memory backup: KCX- to WM Power Pulse input Count Count disable First output 0ms s Second output External reset Type B (Hold) output () () Same as the Type A output. () () The counter generates and holds a signal when the pulse count has reached the second preset value. Second preset value First preset value () Count and signal output are reset when the external reset terminal is activated by additional voltage of.v to 0V. () Same as the steps 7 and 8 of the Type A output (7) KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Standard models: KCX- to W Power Pulse input Second preset value First preset value t 0.s t 0.s KCN-T Count KCY Count disable First output Second output KCX External reset With memory backup: KCX- to WM KCX-RN Power Pulse input Second preset value First preset value KCH-B Count Count disable KCM First output Second output External reset B-89

98 KCX- W, WM Electronic Wiring Diagrams Pulse input. Relay input Output Connection. Relay output KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV V IN 0cps Pulse input (counted when contact is ) 7 R Reset (reset when contact is ) On the rear panel, set the speed switch to Low (0 cps). Counter Counter 8 Load OUT Load power 9 0 Load OUT Load power Only the relay contact a is used for the first and second outputs.. DC input. DC output Source load KCN-T KCY Max..7k Pulse input V IN E Counter L: 0.8V or less H: V or more Load Load.mA or less.ma or less 7 E OUT OUT Counter Max..7k KCX 7 R Sink load KCX-RN Either pulse input or high speed pulse input can be selected as count rate. V or less KCH-B KCM Note on relay input On the circuit shown on the right, the input current to the relay is less than ma. Use a reliable relay that responds to such small ma V KCX IN 0cps Load Load 8mA 0mA MAX. 8mA 0mA MAX. L: 0.8V or less V or less at sink current of 0mA. 7 OUT OUT Counter current. Do not use an electromagnetic switch contact designed for large current and voltage. B-90

99 KCX- W, WM Count Disable Input Connections. Relay input Pulse input Count is disable when relay is 7 IN V 0cps Counter When count is disabled, only slow input is available. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic. DC input V Max..7k Pulse input IN KCN-T Count is disabled when transistor is Counter KCY 7 KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX B-9

100 KCX- T Total with Green LED Electronic Maximum counting speed KCX-T: 0cps or kcps KCX-T: 0cps or kcps KCX-8T: 0cps or 0kcps KCX-T KCX-T The counters feature an easy to see green LED screen. Other features include variable voltage and power backup of,000 hours. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Merits Green LED for easy reading Each model features a green LED display to facilitate reading. Numerical values are displayed with the height of 8 mm. Option to disable count input Pulse input and count can be disable by voltage input to the disable terminal. Memory backup at power shutdown KCX-8T The integrated nickel cadmium battery allows memory backup for up to,000 hours. Wide range of source voltage The counter accepts voltage of DC.V to 0V from a source ranging from TTL level to V. You can choose source of either KCN-T AC 90 to V, or AC 80 to V. Latch option Count can be latched and displayed by signal input to the latch terminal. When the terminal is deactivated, the counter restarts KCY from the current count. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX Option to disable manual reset You can disable the Reset key on the front panel to prevent accidental reset. Zero suppression The counter suppresses non-significant zeroes on the left to the count value. Built-in sensor power A DC V, 0mA power source is included in all counters to allow direct connection to a proximity sensor, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder. Minimum space requirement In compliance with the DIN standard, all models are sized 7mm (height) 7mm (width). Dust prevention cover On all models, a protective cover is attached to the front panel. The keys and buttons can be operated through this cover. Mounting The counter can be mounted onto the wall surface in either way, wall surface mounting or flush mounting. Use mounting bracket for the flush mounting and use terminal block (socket F) for wall surface mounting. Bracket Counter body Socket F (terminal block) Socket B (terminal block) or connector Cover B-9

101 KCX- T Specifications Model number Number of digits Count input Count disable input Manual reset External reset Memory backup at power shutdown Latch input Sensor power Source voltage Ambient temperature Storage temperature Weight KCX-T digits KCX-T digits Maximum count speed 0cps or kcps 0cps or kcps Minimum pulse width 0cps 0ms kcps 0.ms 0cps 0ms kcps 0.ms Input resistance 0cps k kcps k 0cps k kcps k Input voltage "L"0 V "H". 0V Response time On delay Max. ms On delay Max. 0.ms Off delay Max. ms Off delay Max. 0.ms Input resistance k Input voltage "L"0 V "H". 0V Disabled by switch on the front panel (by short circuiting Terminals and ) Response time On delay Max. 0.ms On delay Max. 0.ms Off delay Max. 0.ms Off delay Max. 0.ms Input resistance k Input voltage "L"0 V "H". 0V Time for charging 0h Backup duration 000h( ) 000h(0 ) Response of emergency input gate Max. 00ms Response of input gate upon recovery Max. 00ms Response time Max. 0.ms Max.0.ms Input resistance k Input voltage "L"0 V "H". 0V DC V V 0mA (Max. % rms ripple) AC 90 V, or AC 80 V (0/0Hz,.VA) During power supply: 0 0 ( 0 0 with no risk of destroyed battery) During memory backup: ( 0 70 during transportation of less than one week) Ambient/Storage humidity 8%RH (with no dewing) Approx. 0.kg KCX-8T 8 digits 0cps or 0kcps 0cps 0ms 0kcps 0 s 0cps k 0kcps k On delay Off delay Max. 0.ms Max. 0.ms On delay Max. 0 s Off delay Max. 0 s Max.0.ms KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY Note: See pages B-8 and B-8 for withstand voltage, insulation resistance, vibration resistance, noise resistance and other related specifications. KCX Terminal Assignment Terminal number Name Description Terminal number Name Description V Sensor power output 8 Not connected IN (0cps) Count input 9 Not connected IN(kcps/kcps/0kcps) High speed count input 0 L Latch input E Grounding Not connected INH Count disable AC80 V RD Manual reset prevention AC90 V AC power input 7 R External reset input AC0V KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-9

102 KCX- T Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Operation ()Count starts 0. second after the power is on. ()Count is reset to zero when the Reset key is pressed, or when the external reset terminal is activated by additional voltage of.v to 0V. Only one zero is displayed on the first digit. ()The minimum pulse width should be as follows: 0ms for all counters operating at 0cps 0.ms for KCX-T at k cps 0.ms for KCX-T at k cps 0 s for KCX-8T at 0k cps Timing Charts Power Pulse input Count The counter total individual counts and displays the current total. The terminal should be used for 0 cps, and the terminal for k cps, k cps and 0k cps. ()Count is interrupted when the count disable terminal is activated by additional voltage of.v to 0V. Count is restarted when the terminal is deactivated. ()Count is latched when the terminal is activated by input voltage of.v to 0V. When the terminal is deactivated, the counter restarts from the current count. KCN-T Display Count disable Manual reset Disable munual reset External reset Latch KCY KCX Wiring Diagrams Pulse input. Relay input. DC input V V KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Relay input (counted when relay is ) Reset (activated when relay is ) 7 IN R 0cps Counter Max..7k Count signal V Max..7k Reset signal Pulse input High speed pulse input Reset input 7 V IN (0cps) IN (High speed) E R Counter Either pulse input or high speed pulse input can be selected as count rate. B-9

103 KCX- T Note on relay input On the circuit shown on the right, the input current to the relay is less than ma. Use a reliable relay that responds to such small current. Do not use an electromagnetic switch contact designed for large current and voltage. ma Count Disable Input Connections. Relay input V Pulse input IN (0cps) V Counter IN 0cps Latch Input Connections Relay input V 8 Pulse input IN 0cps 7 Counter 9 0 For relay input, only the pulse input can be used. Latch input Count is latched when relay is. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Count is disable when relay is. Counter. DC input 8 V 7 Pulse input IN (0cps) IN (High speed) 9 0 Max..7k KCN-T E Counter Count is latched when transistor is KCY. DC input 7 Either pulse input or high speed pulse input can be selected as count rate. KCX IN (0cps) V Max..7k Pulse input IN (High speed) Counter Disabling manual reset KCX-RN Count is disable when transistor is Either pulse input or high speed pulse input can be selected as count rate. 7 Pulse input IN (0cps) IN (High speed) KCH-B Manual reset disable input (disabled when relay is ) 7 E RD R KCM B-9

104 KCX-B Single or Dual Preset for Fast Addition and Subtraction Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Maximum counting speed: Merits 0cps or 0kcps The counter integrates a - or -digit green LED display, and provides Add, Subtract and Compare options. I/O logic can be switched between positive logic and negative. The counter can be connected to either a source or sink I/O device. Addition and Subtraction With the ability to count in the two directions, the counter can be used for precise control of a cutter or winder. Addition Subtraction P P KCN-T OUT OUT Addition Subtraction P P KCY OUT OUT KCX Positive and negative I/O logics Choices of I/O devices are also expanded. The counter supports both positive and negative I/O logics. Sink input PC 0mA MAX. KCX-RN Relay DC output KCH-B NPN proximity switch Relay output Source input PC ma MAX. KCM KCX-BW PNP proximity switch Motor AC0V A Rotary encoder Solenoid B-9

105 KCX-B Specifications Model number Setting Number of digits Pulse input Count disable input External reset input Auto reset DC output Relay output I/O response Power-on reset KCX-B KCX-BW W ( ) Memory backup at power shutdown KCX-BM M KCX-BWM WM ( ) Sensor power Withstand voltage Vibration resistance Noise resistance Source voltage Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Weight Standard With backup memory Maximum count speed Input resistance KCX-B KCX-BM Single preset digits 0cps 0kcps Positive:.k Negative:.7k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time Input resistance On delay: Max. Off delay: Max. Positive:.k Negative:.7k s s Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time Input resistance On delay: Max. ms Off delay: Max. ms Positive:.k Negative:.7k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V digits KCX-B KCX-BM Reset time Max. 0 s Number of circuits circuit circuits Positive output Negative output Voltage: 8V (at no load vltage of 8V) Current: Max. ma Load voltage: Max. V Load current: Max. 0mA Residual voltage: Max..V KCX-BW KCX-BWM Dual preset digits Number of circuits One transfer circuit Two N.O. contacts Capacity AC0V A (resistance load) Electrical durability Min. 00,000 contacts (resistance load) Mechanical durability Min. 0,000,000 contacts DC output Relay output 0cps: Approx. 0ms 0kcps: Approx. 0 s 0cps: Approx. 0ms 0kcps: Approx. 0ms Power shutdown Max. 00ms Reset time Max. 00ms Time for charging 0h Backup duration 000h( ) Response of emergency input gate 0 00ms Response of input gate upon recovery 0 00ms KCX-BW KCX-BWM digits DC V (0 8V) 80mA AC kv for one minute (For each of AC power, Terminal E and relay contact interconnections) Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude (In compliance with JIS C 09) No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude kv (square wave pulse with s width) AC90 V,or AC80 V VA 0 0 (selected by switch) 0 0 ( 0 70 during transportation of less than one week) 8%RH (with no dewing) Approx. 0.kg Time required for the counter to restart counting after the power is turned on. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-97

106 KCX-B Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Front Panel and Terminal Assignment KCX-B (M) Count display (Character height: 8mm) Output status Preset keys Pot. meter for adjusting output duration T/N Name Description V 80mA Sensor power IN A Pulse count input A IN B Pulse count input B E Negative common I/O IN H Count disable 7 R Not connected External reset input 8 OUT DC output 9 COM Common Relay output 0 N.O. N.O. Relay output N.C. N.C. Relay output AC80 V AC90 V Power input AC0V KCX-B W(M) T/N Name Description V 80mA Sensor power KCY KCN-T Count display (Character height: 8mm) Output status Preset keys for the first value Preset keys for the second value KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM IN A Pulse count input A IN B Pulse count input B E Negative common I/O OUT DC output for the first value OUT DC output for the second value 7 R External reset input 8 IN H Count disable Pot. meter for adjusting output duration 9 COM Connected relay output 0 N.O. Relay output for the first value N.O. Relay output for the second value AC80 V AC90 V Power input AC0V 7 Switches to Switch B-98

107 KCX-B I/O Circuits Sensor power Pulse count input A Pulse count input B Negative common Reset KCX-B (M) V V V Internal circuit V DC output Not connected Sensor power Pulse count input A Pulse count input B Negative common Reset KCX-B W (M) V V V Internal circuit V V DC output for the first value DC output for the second value KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Common relay output Common relay output Count disable V N.O. N.C. Count disable V Relay output for the first value Relay output for the second value Power input V V Power input V V V V KCY KCX KCN-T Operating procedures. Mode selection To select the counter modes, use the four switches located on the rear side of the counter, and ten positions of the rotary switch. KCX-RN Switch Mode selected Position Value selected Count speed A 0cps B 0kcps KCH-B Pulse count A B Separate Two-phase KCM A Direction A B Subtraction Addition B 0 I/O logic A B Negative Positive SW SW SW SW SW Signal output B-99

108 KCX-B Electronic Switch Count speed This switch used to set or change the maximum count rate. Turn the switch to Position A to select 0cps, and Position B to select 0kcps. Position A is used for relay input such as a switch or relay. Use Position B for DC input such s a rotary encoder or proximity switch. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Switch Count mode This switch selects the Two-Phase or Separate count mode. For a proximity switch or relay, set the switch to Position A to select the Separate mode. For a rotary encoder, set it to Position B to select the Two-Phase mode. IN A IN B IN A IN B Separate mode (Position A) H L Addition Counted either at rising edge or falling edge Two-Phase mode (Position B) H L H L Addition H L Subtraction Counted either at rising edge or falling edge H L H L Subtraction Switch Direction KCN-T KCY KCX This switch changes the count direction to Addition or Subtraction. Set the switch to Position A to select Subtraction, and set it to Position B to select Addition. When a reset signal is entered, the counter is reset as follows: In the Subtraction mode, the single preset counter is reset to the first preset value, and the dual preset counter is reset to the second preset value. In the Addition mode, both counters are reset to zero. Subtration Reset Increments Count Decrements Addition Reset Increments Count Decrements Preset value 0 0 KCX-RN Switch I/O logic Use this switch to select either positive or negative I/O logic. To select the negative logic (active at "L" level), set the switch to Position A. To select the positive logic (active at "H"), set it to Position B. KCH-B Negative logic (Position A) NPN transistor Input KCX-B DC output Load Load power Input H L Countup KCM Output H L Positive logic (Position B) Input power PNP transistor KCX-B DC output Load Input H L Countup Input Output H L B-00

109 KCX-B Switch Signal output Use this rotary switch to select the output mode of the counter. Six modes are available for single preset counters, and ten modes for dual preset counters. "OUT " applies to single preset counters. P is reset to the preset value, and P is reset to zero. Positions 0 to are used to select the Countup mode. Positions to 9 select the Compare mode. Position 0 Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 OUT OUT C: Count P: First preset value P: Second preset value Addition Position OUT OUT Count Signal output Count Signal output 0 Held Held Continued 0 000ms Reset Continued Held Continued 00ms 0 Reset 000ms C P C P 7 P C P 8 C P C 0 9 P C P C P Subtraction Maximum count (-digit: 9999,-digit: ) KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Reset Position Second Preset value Addition Subtraction Maximum count (-digit: 9999,-digit: ) KCN-T First Preset value Count 0 KCY OUT 0 000ms 0 000ms OUT Position Reset Second Preset value Addition Subtraction KCX First Preset value Count 0 KCX-RN Position OUT OUT Reset Second Preset value First Preset value Addition 0 000ms 0 000ms Subtraction Maximum count (-digit: 9999,-digit: ) KCM KCH-B Count 0 OUT 00ms 00ms OUT Reset B-0

110 KCX-B Electronic Position Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 Addition 00ms Subtraction Maximum count (-digit: 9999,-digit: ) 00ms KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Position OUT OUT Reset Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 OUT OUT Reset Addition 00ms 0 000ms 0 000ms Subtraction 00ms 0 000ms 0 000ms Position Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 KCN-T OUT OUT KCY Position 7 Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 KCX OUT OUT KCX-RN Position 8 Second Preset value Maximum count (-digit: 9999,-digit: ) First Preset value KCH-B Count 0 OUT OUT KCM Position 9 Second Preset value First Preset value Count 0 OUT OUT B-0

111 KCX-B. Input Circuit The KCX-B Series counters can use either positive or negative input. To change the input mode, use Dip switch on the rear panel. A B Switch at Position A Negative input equivalent circuit.7k V Negative voltage: Max. V voltage: 0V current: Max. ma A B Switch at Position B Positive input equivalent circuit.k Positive voltage: 0V voltage: Max. V current: Max. ma at 0V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic () Pulse count mode Use Dip switch to change the pulse count mode between Two-Phase (90 dephased) or Separate. Input waveforms A B Separate mode KCN-T Switch at Position A Negative mode Addition H IN A L IN B Counted either at rising edge or falling edge Positive mode Addition H IN A L IN B Counted either at rising edge or falling edge KCY KCX IN A Subtraction Counted either at rising edge or falling edge IN A Subtraction Counted either at rising edge or falling edge IN B H L A B Two-Phase mode IN B H L KCX-RN Switch at Position B KCH-B Negative mode H IN A L H IN B L Addition Positive mode H IN A L H IN B L Addition KCM IN A IN B H L H L Subtraction IN A IN B H L H L Subtraction B-0

112 KCX-B Electronic Pulse count requirements Separate mode H IN A L Two-Phase mode H IN A L KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV IN B IN A IN B H L. s or more. s or more Repeated additions or subtractions H L H L () External reset In the addition mode, this signal resets the count to zero. In the subtraction mode, the count is reset to the first preset value on the single preset counters, and to the second value on the dual preset models. The reset input overrides the pulse input and the count disable input. IN B Both A and B can be counted at the same time if the pulse width and interval are equal to or longer than. s. H L Each interval must be. s or more KCN-T () Count disable The disable signal suspends the pulse count. When it turns off, count restarts from the value at the time of suspension. KCY. Output Circuit The KCX-B Series counters can use DC output or relay output. Either positive or negative logic can be selected. The c relay contact is used for the single preset models, and a relay contact for the dual preset models. KCX A B Negative A B Positive KCX-RN KCH-B Switch at Position A Equivalent circuit V Switch at Position B Negative Switching current: Max. 0mA Negative Applied voltage: Max. V Negative Residual voltage: Max..V Positive Output voltage: ~8V Positive Output current: Max. ma In the negative mode, the output terminal generates a voltage of 0V to 8V when signal output turns off. For the load input terminal, use a reverse current blocking diode that withstands 0V backward voltage and 0mA forward current. Use a totem-pole structure for the DC output. Do not connect the circuit in parallel with other DC output. KCM Relay output AC0V Single preset A (resistance load) Dual preset COM COM N.C. N.O. N.O. N.O. B-0

113 KCX-B. Count overrange The KCX-B models can count from 0 to 9999 ( digits), or 0 to ( digits). () digits () digits When Switch is between Position 0 to Position, the counter is When Switch is positioned to select the One shot mode, no set to the Hold mode or One shot mode. In the Hold mode, signal signal is generated upon countup. When the count has exceeded output is retained after countup. In the One shot mode, signal is the allowable range 00 times, it changes in the same way as the generated for a short period upon countup. -digit models. When Switch is anywhere between Position to Position 9, the counter operates in the Compare mode. When the count exceeds the above range, the counter retains the lower or upper limit. In the Addition mode, the count changes as follows when it has In the Addition mode, the count changes as follows when it has exceeded the upper limit 00 times: reached the upper limit: In the Subtraction mode, the count changes as follows when it has In the Subtraction mode, the count changes as follows when it has reached the lower limit: reached the lower limit: KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Wiring Examples Pulse input KCN-T Proximity switch or Negative logic Positive logic Photoelectric sensor V Addition Subtraction INA INB Switch at Position B Switches and at Position A Addition Subtraction INA INB V Switches and at Position B Switch at Position A KCY Sensor connected through NPN open collector gate E Sensor connected through PNP open collector gate E KCX Switch or relay Negative logic Positive logic Addition Subtraction V INA INB Switches, and at Position A Addition Subtraction V INA INB Switches and at Position A Switch at Position B KCX-RN E E KCH-B Rotary encoder Red Green White Black V INA INB Switches and at Position B KCM E On the TRD-J -RZ models, Switch can be set to either Position A or Position B B-0

114 KCX-B Electronic Count disable input Single preset in negative logic Single preset in positive logic Reset input Negative logic INB E Switch at Position A V INA witch at Position B E KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV NPN open collector INH Dual preset in negative logic NPN open collector V INH 8 INB E INH PNP open collector Dual preset in positive logic V INH 8 NPN open collector or contact Positive logic V 7 R INH Switch at Position A INA COM 9 INA COM 9 INB E N.O. 0 PNP open collector INB N.O. 0 Switch at Position B KCN-T Switch at Position A Switch at Position B PNP open collector or contact 7 R DC output Relay output KCY Single preset in negative logic Single preset in positive logic Single preset KCX INA INB V OUT COM 8 9 Load Max. 0mA (Do not use relay drive.) INA INB V OUT COM 8 9 8V Load ma MAX. COM 8 9 Load power KCX-RN E Max. V load power E N.O. 0 N.C. Load Load AC0V A KCH-B Dual preset in negative logic Dual preset in positive logic Dual preset 8 KCM 0mA MAX. Load V MAX. Load 0mA MAX. E N.O. N.O. ma MAX. Load Load ma MAX. E N.O. N.O. COM 9 N.O. 0 N.O. Load Load AC0V A Load power B-0

115 KCX-B Recommended applications Winder with one-step reduction gear Wire Motor controller Brake Reduction gear Motor Decelerate Cutter PNP output proximity switch Bobbin Disk shaped dog switch Red (Brown) White (Black) Black (Blue) KCX-B V IN A IN B E OUT Timer W(M) AC80 The counter generates a stop signal when the number of turns has reached the second preset value. It generates a deceleration signal when the count has reached the first preset value. Select the Low count rate, Subtraction mode, Negative I/O logic and Separate pulse input. Switch should be set to Position 0. When the pulse count has reached the first value, the reduction gear is activated to decelerate the motor. The bobbin stops completely when the count is decremented to zero. Switches,, and at Position A INH COM N.O. N.O. V Brake power KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Stop Reset OUT R AC90 V AC0V AC00V KCN-T Start Stamper KCY As the feed roller rotates, the workpiece is moved by a preset distance. The number of revolutions is converted to a pulse frequency by the rotary encoder, and counted by the electronic counter. When the count has reached a preset number, the counter generates a signal to activate the solenoid and the stamp. Use the dial on the counter panel to adjust the output duration. Select the Addition mode, Positive I/O logic, Two-phase input and High count rate. Switch should be set to Position or Position. Red White Black (Blue) Shield Reset Green KCX-B V IN A IN B E INH R W(M) AC80 AC90 OUT COM N.O. N.C. V V AC0V Solenoid power AC00V KCX KCX-RN Detect roller TRD-J- RZ Switches,, and at Position B KCH-B Solenoid KCM Stamp Preset interval Feed roller Feed motor B-07

116 KCX-B T Fast Total for Addition and Subtraction Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Maximum count speed: 0cps or 0kcps In addition to counting in two directions, these counters can use negative values. They are displayed on the easy to see green LED screen. Available options include count disable, reset prevention and negative or positive input logic. The counter can be used for positioning a moving object as shown below. Merits Total counter as fast as 0kcps Using both addition and subtraction, the counter totals individual counts much more quickly than other similar products. With the option of 0cps, the counter can be used for many purposes. KCX-BT Press Press count KCN-T Limit switch Two-phase input and separate input With these options, the counter widens choices of input devices to rotary encoder, proximity sensors and relay contacts. It accepts simultaneous inputs for addition and subtraction. This is ideal for KCY Rotary encoder keeping track of variable quantities such as workpieces on a conveyor and cars in a parking lot. KCX Table position Positive and negative input logics The choices of input devices are also expanded. Except for slow reset, positive or negative can be selected to allow the use of PNP or NPN open collector. Positive logic Negative logic KCX-RN Ability to count negative numbers The count range is doubled by the ability to operate both in positive and negative numbers. Relay input IN E IN E KCH-B KCX-BT counter Negative 0 Positive DC input V IN E PNP open collector V IN E NPN open collector KCM Fast reset and slow reset The two reset signals work as AND elements. They can be used to combine two different operations. For example, the counter can be reset only when the rotary encoder and the drilling machine are at their respective home positions. No additional circuit is required. Pulse input Phase A Phase B Rotary encoder High-speed reset input Reset input Phase Z Limit switch to detect home position Proximity switch B-08

117 KCX Series Specifications Model number KCX-BT KCX-BT Number of digits digits digits Count range Maximum count speed 0cps 0kcps or (selected by switch) Pulse input Positive:.k Input resistance Negative:.k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time On delay: Max. s Off delay: Max. s Count disable input Positive:.k Input resistance Negative:.k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Response time On delay: Max. s Off delay: Max. s High speed reset Positive:.k input Input resistance Negative:.k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Reset input Response time Input resistance On delay: Max. 0ms Off delay: Max. 0ms Positive:.k Input voltage "L"0 V "H" 0V Manual reset Manual reset is disabled by switch on front panel (by short circuiting terminals and ) Time for charging Backup duration 0h 000h( ) Memory backup at Response of emer power shutdown gency input gate 0 00ms Response of input gate upon recovery 0 00ms Sensor power DC+V(0 8V) 80mA Withstand voltage AC kv for one minute (between AC power and Terminal E) Vibration resistance (In compliance to JIS C 09) Durable for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude No error for one hour along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0.mm amplitude Noise resistance kv (square wave pulse with s width) Source voltage AC90 V, or AC80 V VA Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 0 0 ( 0 70 during transportation of less than one week) Ambient/Storage humidity 8%RH (with no dewing) Weight Approx. 0g Character height on display: 8mm Terminal Assignment T/N Name Description V 80mA Sensor power IN A Pulse count input A IN B Pulse count input B E Common input IN H Count disable RD Manual reset prevention 7 RH High speed reset input 8 RL Reset input 9 Not connected 0 Not connected Not connected AC80 V AC90 V Power input AC0V Switches to KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-09

118 KCX-B T Electronic Operating procedures. Mode selection To select the counter modes, use the four switches located on the rear side of the counter. Switch Mode selected Position Value selected KCY KCN-T KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Switches and Count speed These switches are used to set or change the maximum count speed. Turn the either switch to Position A to select 0cps, and Position B to select 0kcps. Position A is used for relay input such as a switch or relay. Use Position B for DC input such s a rotary encoder or proximity switch. Switch IN A Count speed IN B Count speed Pulse count Input logic A B A B A B A B Pulse speed This switch changes the pulse count mode between Two-Phase and Separate. For a Proximity switch or relay, set the switch to Position A to select the Separate mode. For a rotary encoder, set it to Position B to select the Two-Phase mode. 0cps 0kcps 0cps 0kcps Separate Two-phase Negative Positive SW SW SW SW Separate mode (Position A) Addition H IN A L IN B Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). Two-Phase mode (Position B) Addition H IN A L A B Subtraction Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). H L H L Subtraction IN B H L H L KCX Switch Input logic Use this switch to select the input logic either Positive or Negative. To select the negative logic (active at "L" level), set the switch to Position A. To select the positive logic (active at "H"), set it to Position B. KCX-RN. Input logic selection A B Negative logic A B Positive logic KCH-B Switch at Position A Switch at Position B Negative logic input equivalent circuit Positive input equivalent circuit KCM Input terminal.k V Internal circuit voltage: Max. V voltage: to 0V current: Max. 9mA Input terminal.k Internal circuit voltage: to 0V voltage: Max. V current: Max. ma at 0V B-0

119 KCX Series. Pulse count input Use Dip switch to change the pulse count mode between Two-Phase (90 dephased) or Separate. Input waveforms A Separate mode B Switch at Position A Negative mode Positive mode Addition Addition IN A H IN A H L L IN B Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). IN B Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). Subtraction Subtraction IN A Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). IN A Counted either at rising edge (H) or falling edge (L). IN B H IN B H L L A Two-phase (90 dephased) mode B KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Switch at Position B Negative mode Addition Positive mode Addition KCN-T IN A H L IN A H L IN B H L IN B H L KCY Subtraction Subtraction IN A IN B H L H L IN A IN B H L H L KCX Pulse count requirements Separate mode Two-Phase mode KCX-RN IN A IN B H L H L. s or more. s or more IN A IN B H L H L KCH-B Each interval must be. s or more KCM B-

120 KCX-B T Electronic. External reset input On the KCX-B T Series counters, reset and high speed reset are used as an AND gate. If you do not use both of them, keep the unused input at level. Pulse input Count KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV High speed reset input Reset input. Count disable input The disable signal halts the pulse count. When it turns off, count restarts from the value at the time of halt. Input pulse 0 Count KCN-T Count block input 0 KCY Count overrange KCX The KCX-B T models can count from to ( digits) or-9999 to 9999 ( digits). KCX-RN () Six digits In the Addition mode, the count is reset to when it has reached In the Subtraction mode, the count is reset to when it has reached KCH-B () Four digits The counter displays only four digits, but internally keeps six-digit counts. The counter operates in the same way as the -digit model (KCX-BT). Disabling manual reset KCM Connect Terminals and if you wish to disable the Reset button on the front panel. It allows you to prevent erroneous preset. B-

121 KCX Series Wiring Examples Pulse input Proximity switch or photoelectric sensor Switch or relay Negative logic Addition Subtraction Sensor connected through NPN open collector gate Negative logic Addition Subtraction INA INB V INA INB E V Switches and at Position B Switches and at Position A Switches,, and at Position A Positive logic Addition Subtraction Sensor connected through PNP open collector gate Positive logic Addition Subtraction V INA INB INA INB E V Switches, and at Position B Switch at Position A Switches, and at Position A Switch at Position B KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic E E Rotary encoder Red V Green White Black INA INB Switches, and at Position B KCN-T E Count disable input On the TRD-J -RZ models, Switch can be set to either Position A or Position B Reset input KCY Negative logic Negative logic NPN open collector INB E INH Switch at Position A NPN open collector 7 E Switch at Position A High speed reset input KCX KCX-RN Positive logic Positive logic (Fast reset) 8 Reset input KCH-B V INA INB E Switch at Position B PNP open collector V E Switch at Position B KCM PNP open collector INH 7 High speed reset input NPN open collector 8 Reset input B-

122 For optimum performance KCX Series Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV For optimum performance(kcx-, M, D, DM/ W, WM/ T/B/B T) Changing the duration of Type A output In the One shot mode, output duration can be changed from 0ms to,000ms. For adjustment, use the dial on the front panel. (On the KCX- W and KCX- WM counters, the dial is located on the rear panel.) Turn the dial counterclockwise or clockwise to decrease or increase the duration. Turn it fully to either direction to select the minimum or maximum time. On the KCX single preset counters, you can extend the output time by adding a capacitor between the terminals and. 0ms E CH CH 000ms Counter. In the following cases, 00 hours are required for charging the battery: When the counter is used for the first time When the battery is unused for a long time 7. Service life of battery When fully charged, the battery should be able to support memory for,000 hours (,000 hours on the KCX- WM and KCX- T models). It should be replaced when this period is reduced to 0%. Normally, the battery can be used for five years. It can serve longer if the ambient temperature is kept at to 0. Protection against noise All of the KOYO electronic counters are tested for noise resistance. In addition to the standard tests, we perform special inspections to assure reliable performance. Use the following procedures for additional enhancement: KCN-T Electrolytic capacitor None. F V.7 F V Output duration Minimum Maximum 0ms s 00ms s 0ms s. When you use a solenoid valve, clutch or brake near the counter, connect a surge absorbing circuit in parallel with its drive coil. This circuit should consist of a capacitor serially connected with a resistance of 00 (/W). Use an oilimpregnated capacitor or an MP capacitor of 0. to 0. F. KCY 0 F V F V 0ms 00ms s 0s Noise absorbing circuit KCX Memory backup at power shutdown R 00 W C F Capacitor C R KCX-RN KCH-B In some counters, a second battery is integrated to backup the count memory upon power shutdown. The battery can be fully charged in 0 hours. With only one hour charging, it can supply power for 0 hours, or 00 hours on the KCX- WM and KCX- T models. Notes on memory backup. When power is shut down, the count display is cleared, and the sensor power drops to 0 V.. In a noisy area, do not share the power line with a device that uses large electric current. Always shield the I/O signal cables, and connect the shielded cables between the sensor and the counter. If they are installed on separate frames, use a thick wire of at least 0.mm to connect the frames.. During Type B (Hold mode) operation, DC output also drops KCM to 0V resulting in random signal. Upon the recovery of power, the signal output returns to the status before the Sensor V Shielded cable Counter V power shutdown.. If the power is turned off during pulse input, the counter OUT E OUT E G uses the battery to continue correct count.. You cannot reset the count by shutting power down. Thick wire Ground. During power shutdown, the count is not reset by any Frame A Frame B external reset signal. B-

123 For optimum performance KCX Series. Keep the minimum distance between Terminal E and the frames. If you use a common ground for the counter and other devices, connect the ground cable to the counter frame. Use a thick and short ground cable, and isolate it from any other cable that grounds a large current. Counter Other device () E E E Ground the frame Other ground cable of large current Frame. Use a resistor of 70 (/W) if you add an electromagnetic relay to the slow pulse count terminal. Insert the resistor between the input terminal and the ground cable. This prevents incomplete contact, and helps improve reliability. Changing the preset value During operation, a change to the preset value may cause the counter to generate a false signal. Before you make a change, always turn the power off, or reset the counter. Otherwise, the counter generates no signal upon countup, or erroneously generates a signal before or after the count has reached the new value. Presetting to zero The counter may be preset to zero (for example, to "000" on a - digit counter). This may cause the counter to act as follows: It may generate a signal unless the input pulse is at "L" level and the reset signal is at "H" level. In the Type B mode, the counter may display 0,,, if a sequence of pulse signals are entered while the reset signal is at "L" level. Connecting the power On the KCX Series counters, the power transformer is set to 0V or 0V. Avoid the following connection: KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic V Wrong KCN-T Electromagnetic contact 70 W IN E AC 80 V AC 90 V 0V AC 00 0V KCX KCY AC 00V 0V KCX Correct AC 90 V AC 80 V KCX-RN 0V AC 00V KCX 0V AC 00/0V KCX KCH-B 0V 0V Other counters KCM B-

124 Cautions KCX Series Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Cautions Output relay contact The counter can be connected to an induced load. It may be an electromagnetic switch, control relay, AC solenoid or electromagnetic valve. The counter contains an output relay contact. Its service life is reduced if higher current or voltage flows to the contact. The following graph shows the relation between the durability of the contact and the magnitude of load: Relay durability curve Machanical durability 000 AC 0V Resistance load 00 DC V Coil load An effective means is to use a CR surge absorber or varistor. Connect such element in parallel with the load as shown below. Counter relay contact AC V or less Counter relay contact 0E-(IR) W0C (Hitachi) R R Load Load Counter relay contact AC V or less R Load Z: ZNR (Panasonic) ERZC0DK9 TNR (Marukon) TNR9G K KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T Times of contacts (in 00,000's) AC 0V Resistance load DC V Coil load 0 Load current Under load conditions specified in JEM 0 (97) On the contact surface, carbide is produced by glow discharge of induced load being switched. This increases the contact resistance. The carbide produced can be eliminated by arc discharge that occurs at higher current. It keeps the contact surface clean with minimum resistance. At lower current or voltage, the contact cannot be switched properly because of the carbide. It becomes unserviceable before the number of contacts reaches the normal limit. Its life can be reduced to as short as one tenth or one hundredth of the time estimated from the above curve. If you use small voltage or current, action should be taken to prevent glow discharge. Surge absorbing circuit The induced load of the relay contact is 0% to 0% of the resistance load. The smaller the load is, the longer the contact can serve. With or without the memory backup, the status of DC output during power shutdown is undefined. That is, the output can randomly change between "" and "0". On some models, certain numbers are displayed in different shapes as shown below. This is normal for such models. KCX-D/D/D/D KCX-B/KCX-B T Other models B-

125 External Dimensions KCX Series External Dimensions 7 7 Protective cover Thickness of panel for flush mounting 7± (8.) Dimensions with protective cover Specified connector: KA-0 Notes: Use the screws provided to install the counter on Socket F (KF-0) or Socket B (KB-0). For the connector kit KA-0 and Socket B (KB-0), use screws sized as follows: For the connector kit (KA-0): mm or less For Socket B (KB-0): 0mm or less Do not use longer screws, as they may break the internal elements. 8. 0±0. 7 Socket F or B Bracket (Tighten screws with a torque of less than kg-cm.) Socket F (KF-0) for wall surface mounting hole External dimensions of Socket B (KB-0): Same as Socket F. KA-0, KF-0 and KB-0 are options. (in mm) Boring dimensions for wall surface mounting using Socket F -M KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX-RN KCH-B KCM KCX 0 ± Boring dimensions for flush mounting Mounting hole dimensions 7 or more Square hole or more When the protective cover is used, the mounting hole is 70 70mm. B-7

126 KCX- RN Presettable/Read-out Counter for High-speed Addition and Subtraction Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Maximum operating speed Basic Composition 0kHz This counter is equipped with a read-out function, setting input, and writing via full-digit static BCD code. In addition, size-matched output and zero output are provided in this addition and subtraction counter for high-precision position determination. 90 phase difference in operational input for addition and subtraction Load-directed input BCD input BCD load/preset Dual region counter for addition and subtraction Comparison circuit Preset input BCD output latch circuit BCD lead out Matched output Zero output Size output The KCX-RN and KCX-RN consist of the following elements: ) A counter with a positive and negative region for addition and subtraction. ) Data input (load and preset use common terminals) for BCD coding. ) Load-directed input for loading (writing) of BCD input data to a counter and presetting. ) Output latch circuit for external output of count values in BCD code. ) Comparison circuit for comparison of BCD preset data and count values. ) Controlled output circuit that outputs matching, zero, and size signals using the logic circuit. Count operations Addition and subtraction counts can span both positive and negative regions. Load (writing) BCD data is written in the counter via the load-directed input. Presetting BCD input data is normally read by the comparison circuit. Output When count values=preset values/count values=0, respective controlled output is produced. Control output Merits Load input (writing of count values)/setting input/read-out (read-out/output of count values) are provided by means of input and output functions for static signals via total digit static BCD coding. Thus, it can work obtaining count data and preset data from units like programmable controllers and computers is possible. 0 khz high-speed operation It can correspond to an input signal with a 90 phase difference or addition and subtraction input to allow 0 khz high-speed operation. To that end, high-speed control naturally prevents miscounts due to mechanical vibrations or backlash to allow highprecision control. Dual region positive and negative operation Counts are performed in both positive and negative regions for addition and subtraction. In addition, count values and preset values can also be loaded and preset in the positive and negative regions. With comparative output, matching, large, small, and zero outputs are provided, and comparison can be conducted in both positive and negative regions. Memory back-up upon power failure The counter has memory back-up upon a power failure via a secondary NiCd battery. When power is, count values are retained. In addition, gates are provided for individual input to prevent malfunctions via the power source turning and. B-8

127 KCX- RN Specifications Input Output Internal power source Model number KCX-RN(-digit) KCX-RN (-digit) Dual phase : 0 khz/00 Hz Maximum operational speed Addition and Subtraction: 0 khz/00 Hz Count input Disabled count input Latch input Output-disabled input Input resistance Response Response Response VIH VIL IIL VIH VIL IIL VIH VIL IIL VIH VIL IIL Duration of input gate response upon power failure Duration of input gate response during power recovery.v Min.(0V Max.) (Notes,, and ).0V Max. ma Max. k Ton s Toff s (Notes and ).V Min.(0V Max.).0V Max. ma Max. Ton s Toff s.v Min.(0V Max.).0V Max. ma Max. Ton s Toff s.v Min.(0V Max.).0V Max. ma Max. High-speed Response Ton s Toff s Low-speed Ton ms Toff ms Reset input VIH.V Min.(0V Max.) VIL.0V Max. IIL ma Max. Response Ton s Toff 00 s Ton ms Toff ms BCD load-directed inpu VIH.V Min.(0V Max.) VIL.0V Max. IIL ma Max. Voltage input BCD input Response Ton 0 s Toff 0 s Minus sign VIH. 0V Writing/setting input VIL V Max. Input resistance k Open collector C=P Offdelay output 00 ma Max. (residual voltage. V) Zero Offdelay output Output current Relay drive possible (internal protective circuit for counter electromotive force) C P Output C P Output Response 0 s Maximum permitted voltage DCV Open collector 0 ma Max. (residual voltage V) C P output Output current Relay drive not possible Zero output Response 0 s Maximum permitted voltage DC0V Voltage output BCD output No-load voltage Output resistance 0- V (when + V is applied to LB).k C P Output IOL 0 ma (residual voltage V) Response s Source output for digital SW common Sensor power source Maximum permitted voltage Preset OUT Load OUT DCV DCV 0mA DCV 0mA DC V 00 ma (+0- V) ripple % rms Memory backup Memory duration Approx. 000 hrs ( C) upon power failure 0 00ms 0 00ms (Note 7) (Note ) KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Notes: ) Ton: Ondelay duration ) Toff: Offdelay duration ) VIH: High-level input voltage (non-operational) ) VIL: Low-level input voltage (operational) ) IIL: Low-level input current (current flowing from counter input terminals to an input device) ) Output current: current that can flow to open collector transistors 7) When CH(LB) and E(LA and LB) are short-circuited B-9

128 KCX- RN Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Model number KCX-RN(-digit) KCX-RN(-digit) Operational display Withstand voltage AC000 V minute between ground and power source terminals Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS C 09 Durability: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz along three axes No malfunction: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz along three axes Insulation resistance DC00 V more than 0 M between ground and power source terminals Source voltage AC90 V AC80 V 0/0Hz Power consumption VA Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 0 0 (during transportation, is possible on the order of week) Ambient humidity/storage humidity -8% RH (with no dewing) Weight.0kg Accessories Metal fittings for installation and a card edge connector Block Diagram CH CH CH INA Addition input INB LA LA LB LA LB LB LB Subtraction input Switching between phase difference/addition and subtraction Switching between 0 khz/00 Hz Count input Count input Input processing Minus sign input LB BCD load input/preset input (common for load/preset and terminals) BCD input circuit Up/Down counter C P output Offdelay output C LED driver P output LA LA8 C P OUT Delay C P OUT INH LB Disabled count input Comparison circuit Zero Offdelay output LA Zero OUT Delay KCY RH LB7 High-speed reset output Gate Zero output LA Zero OUT RL LB8 Low-speed reset output C P Output LA7 C P OUT Setting input circuit KCX Latch LB BCD latch input C P Output LA9 C P OUT OUT INH LB9 Output-disabled input Output for load selection LA Load OUT KCX-RN CH Load IN LB LB0 Load-directed input Output latch circuit Output for preset selection LA Preset OUT Vcc LB KCH-B E LA LB C LA0 0 OUT BCD read-out Output for sensor power source LA 0.A V KCM V LA CH LB.k.7k k k.8k.k.7k 8. B-0

129 KCX- RN Operations Setting input Addition and subtraction counts are performed via an independent addition/subtraction signal or a dual-phase signal for a 90phase difference. Switching operational speed between 0 khz/00 Hz is possible. Counting operations Addition and subtraction counts are performed for counts in both positive and negative regions. After loading count values via BCD data, count signals are input and addition and subtraction counts are performed with this loaded data. Positive and negative display is indicated only with a minus sign. Ex.: Substraction count Input signal Display 0 Loading and presetting The minus sign input terminal and BCD input terminal data is loaded (written) into the counter or becomes preset data input depending on the Load instruction state. Load-directed input BCD input and minus sign input H Preset data is input L Loaded data is input Control output for load input terminals at the L level is locked out. Count input is given preference for loading (even when count input is added, forced loading will take place if the load-directed input is at the L level). If load-directed input is changed to BCD data and the like at the L level, the loaded data (count values) will also change accordingly. If load-directed input is at the H level, BCD data will become preset data. In this condition, changing the BCD data will change preset values accordingly. If the load-directed input is at the H level, preset data is usually compared to count values. When a load direction is via a relay, CH(LB) and E(LA and LB) must be short-circuited. Controlled output Count values for load-directed input at the H level are usually compared to setting values. In this condition, the following controlled outputs are produced. C P output C P output C P output Zero output C: count values/p: setting values Note) These outputs are output only in conditions for count values and setting values. Outputs other than the outputs above are the C=P Offdelay output and the zero Offdelay output. output or zero output Offdelay output Zero Offdelay output All controlled output is in open collector format. BCD read-out/minus sign output Count values are usually output via BCD coding. In addition, minus sign data is usually output. These data outputs have a latch function and are held (latched) via BCD latch terminals at the L level. As a result, count data can be easily input into a programmable controller, computer, or the like. BCD latch input BCD latch input terminals at the L level, count display, BCD readout data, and minus sign data are latched (retained). At this time, count values and minus sign values will change if there is count input. However, these outputs and count displays are latched as-is. Note : Timing to perform latching of BCD data is a rise in BCD latch input terminals. When BCD latch input terminals reach the H level again, the BCD read-out and sign outputs will be output as current BCD data and sign data. Reset input Count values are reset to 0. When count values are loaded, they are given preference in loading and count values will become 0. Operational chart Addition input Subtraction input Load values Preset values 0 Reset input Load input output Zero output output output output Offdelay Output ZeroOffdelay Output approx. 0 ms approx. 0 ms Offdelay approx. 0 ms KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-

130 KCX- RN Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY Terminal Arrangement Name Signal LA LB Signal Name Name Signal UA UB Signal Name Sensor power source V Vcc IN Read-out voltage input C A st digit st digit C P OUT D B Delay INA Offdelay output Count input C A Zero OUT INB nd digit nd digit Delay D B Switching to BCD input format CH INH Disabled count input C A rd digit Ground E D B rd digit Zero OUT Latch Latch input C 7 7 A th digit C P OUT 7 7 RH High-speed reset input D 8 8 B Controlled output th digit C P OUT 8 8 RL Low-speed reset input C 9 9 A C P OUT 9 9 OUT INH Output-disabled input th digit D 0 0 B th digit Minus sign output C Load IN Load-directed input C A Switching between dual th digit phase/addition and subtraction input CH D B th digit Switching between 0 khz/00 Hz CH C A Selected output Load OUT CH Switching load input st digit for digital SW common D B Preset OUT IN Minus sign input st digit th digit read-out C A C A nd digit th digit read-out D B D B nd digit C A Empty terminals rd digit 8 8 D 8 8 AC power source AC80 V B rd digit Empty terminals 9 9 C 9 9 A th digit AC power source AC90 V 0 0 D 0 0 B th digit Empty terminals C A th digit AC power source AC0V D B th digit Note: The signal ABCD in BCD input and BCD read-out corresponds to,,, and 8 codes in respective BCD codes. BCD load/setting input BCD lead-out BCD load/setting input BCD read-out KCX Input operating mode/output operating mode Input Output Active Low input Category Terminal number Active High input Category Terminal number Active Low output Category Terminal number Active High output Category Terminal number KCX-RN INA Count input (dual phase) INB LB LB INA Count input (addition and subtraction) INB LB LB C C P output P Offdelay output LA8 LA Disabled count input LB Zero output LA KCH-B High-speed reset input Low-speed reset input LB7 LB8 Zero Offdelay output C P output LA LA7 KCM BCD latch input Output-disabled input Load-directed input LB LB9 LB0 BCD input (load/preset) Minus sign input UA UB LB C P output LA9 BCD read-out Minus sign output UA UB LA, LB, LA0 B-

131 KCX- RN Terminals/Explanation of Their Functions Terminal number Signal Explanation LA V Sensor power source 00 ma C P OUT Delay Open collector format 00 ma internal protective circuit for counter electromotive force Zero OUT Delay C=P OUT Delay When output is (L), the C=P lamp lights up. CH The E terminal or a + V terminal must be connected for the format output from an input device for BCD input. E Ground (0 V common) Zero OUT Open collector format 0 ma relay drive not possible. 7 C P OUT Open collector format 00 ma internal protective circuit for counter electromotive force When output is (L), the C>P lamp lights up. 8 C P OUT Open collector format 0 ma relay drive not possible. 9 C P OUT Open collector format 00 ma internal protective circuit for counter electromotive force When output is (L), the C>P lamp lights up. 0 C 0 OUT Minus sign output Voltage output format. CH When open, 90 phase differential input format/connection with the E terminal for addition and subtraction input. CH Input speed is 00 Hz via connection with the E terminal. Load OUT Output for selection of setting devices for loading (H level for load-directed input L). Preset OUT Output for selection of setting devices for presetting (H level for load-directed input H). C th digit read-out D 8 th digit read-out 7 8 AC source input AC80- V 9 0 AC source input AC90- V AC source input AC0 V LB Vcc IN Terminal that provides BCD read-out output voltage/connected to LA( V) for output voltage of V IN A Count input Dual phase/combined addition and subtraction IN B INH Disabled count input When input terminals are at the L level, counting is disabled. E Ground (0 V common) Latch BCD latch input Latches BCD lead-out and minus sign output. When input is (L), the Latch lamp lights up. 7 RH High-speed reset input 8 RL Reset input 9 OUT INH When output-disabled input is added, controlled output is disabled. 0 Load IN Load-directed input When input is added, BCD data is loaded in the counter. When input is (L), the Latch lamp lights up. CH Input format Terminal for switching between dual phase/addition and subtraction (same as LA). CH Operational speed Terminal for switching between 0 khz/00 Hz (same as LA). CH Switching load-directed input When open, breakless input/connection with the E terminal for relay input. IN Minus tally input Minus tallies are loaded for load input. When input is (H), the -P lamp lights up. A th digit read-out B th digit read-out 7 8 AC source input AC80- V 9 0 AC source input AC90- V AC source input AC 0V Reference diagram KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-

132 KCX- RN Electronic Terminal number Signal Explanation Terminal number Signal Explanation UA C "" UB A "" st digit D "8" B "" C "" A "" nd digit D "8" B "" st digit nd digit KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV C "" D "8" 7 C "" 8 D "8" 9 C "" 0 D "8" C "" D "8" C "" D "8" C "" D "8" rd digit th digit th digit th digit st digit nd diguit BCD input A "" B "" 7 A "" 8 B "" 9 A "" 0 B "" A "" B "" A "" B "" A "" B "" rd digit th digit th digit th digit st digit nd diguit BCD input C "" D "8" C "" D "8" rd digit th digit BCD read-out A "" B "" A "" B "" rd digit th digit BCD read-out KCN-T C "" th digit D "8" Note: BCD load input and BCD preset input use common terminals. A "" B "" th digit KCY KCX KCX-RN Treatment of Vcc IN terminal LB When the output voltage for BCD read-out is V, the connection is per the following diagram (however, supply of DC V to the external load is not possible in this instance). LB LA Vcc IN BCD read-out circuit V Vcc IN 0V LB. k Residual voltage Count input signals ) Dual-phase input IN A 90 late phase Addition IN B 90 early phase IN A 90 early phase Subtraction IN B 90 late phase Counts with an in timing. ) Addition and subtraction timing KCH-B DC LB V Power. k Addition: Input in INA (INB is for the L level) Subtraction: Input to INB (INA is for the L level) 0mA.0V Note: With dual-phase input at a 90 phase difference and count input KCM for addition and subtraction, operating modes will differ so exercise caution. When VccIn (LB) is open, use is possible. In this case, output will be an open collector type. B-

133 KCX- RN ) Count input: switching between dual-phase input/addition and subtraction input Dual-phase input Leave CH terminal LA open. Addition and subtraction input Connect CH terminal LA and E terminal LA. E CH LA ) Switching between count input 0 khz/00 Hz 0kHz Leave CH terminal LA open. 00Hz Connect CH terminal LA and E terminal LA. E CH LA Composition of controlled output () C P ffdelay output Zero Offdelay output C P output C P output These outputs form the circuit structure in the figure. Output circuit 8. Residual voltage Treatment of CH terminal LA ) When the signal source that is added to BCD input and IN input is voltage output LA CH E LA k k 00mA 8..V E Load E Power source KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic Input circuits (common input circuits) Form of voltage output LA.7k BCD input circuit KCN-T V KCX-RN.7 k.8k.k ) Conditions for count input Phase-differential input Permitted operational range for input phase 90 ) When the signal source that is added to BCD input and IN input is an open collector V CH E LA LA KCY KCX KCX-RN IN A IN B LA k k KCH-B IN B.7k Input for addition and subtraction LA E KCX-RN BCD input circuit KCM IN A IN B Ta Ta. s Tb. s Tc. s Note: Treatment of step ) or ) must be performed. With CH open, data will become unstable. To this end, will be input when it is open. Short-circuit output that is not used to E(LA). Tb Tc B-

134 KCX- RN Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Composition of controlled output () C P output Zero output These outputs form the circuit structure in the figure. This is not a protective circuit for counter electromotive force. ) Output circuit Residual voltage 0mA Load Composition and operation of the selected output for setting devices V 80 V 80 LA LA V Load OUT Preset OUT Power source Memory backup upon a power failure A secondary battery is internally mounted, so count values can be retained in memory even during long-lasting power failures. The internal battery is charged while power is supplied to the power source (charging requires approx. 0 hrs). In this condition, the duration of memory retention when power to the power source is interrupted is approx. 000 hrs (a standard value). Battery lifetime: When the duration of memory retention drops to 000 hrs, this point is specified as the end of the battery's lifetime. In addition, having ambient temperature on the order of -0oC for the counter tends to prolong battery lifetime. Connection examples Sending signals to count input terminals Proximity switch/photoelectric sensor LOWER LB LA IN A IN B V E KCN-T ) LA Setting device, common for presetting Setting device, common for loading Load OUT Preset OUT A Addition Proximity switch Photoelectric sensor B Subtraction KCY LB 0 E Load IN Rotary encoder KCX KCX-RN Load input Load input L H Preset OUT L H Load OUT H L LOWER LB LA IN A IN B V Red Green White Black Open E KCH-B Note: Even when Load OUT and Preset Out are at the L level, exercise caution since there is no current flow capacity. TRD-J TRD-GK 7 Explanation of CH(LB) KCM When load-directed input is breakless, open CH(LB). When load-directed input is relayed, connect CH(LB) and E (LB or LA). LB E CH B-

135 KCX- RN Sending signals to reset input terminals DC output signal (general) LB LOWER LA DC output signal LB LOWER LA E RH RL E RH RL Sending signals to a disabled count input gate LB LOWER LA LB LOWER 7 7 E 0V E Latch DC output signal OUT INH 9 LB LOWER LA LB LOWER E Relay signal Latch E OUT INH 9 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic Switch, relay, etc. LA 0V 9 LA 9 Relay signal LOWER LB IN H E 7 DC output signal Relay signal KCN-T LA 7 R R Relay coil DCV KCY DC output signal LA C POUT ZeroOUT Delay KCX Application example Application to a multiplex preset counter TRD-GK -R Digital switches D D D Dn Red Green White Black LA LB BCD input KCX-RN 8 LA C C P output Driver Circuit for selection of setting devices P Off delay output When aligned with a setting device as in the diagram on the left, diodes as shown in the illustration are required. Diode D BCD input D KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-7

136 KCX- RN Electronic Digital switches for BCD data input Setting devices for loading Setting devices for setting Output for selection of setting devices When a digital switch is used as BCD data, L OUT (terminal LA) and P OUT (LA) serve as the voltage power source that is applied to common terminals and are interlocked with the load-directed input (terminal LB0). When load-directed input is at the H level, voltage is produced for P OUT. At this time, L OUT KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV V LA UA UA UB UB UA UA UB UB UA UA UB UB st digit nd digit th digit CH LA E LA-LB LB0 Load input LOUT LA LA POUT becomes 0 V. Digital switch data for settings is input as setting values to the counter. When load-directed input is at the L level, the reverse occurs and voltage is produced for L OUT while P OUT becomes 0 V. When load-directed input is at the L level, loading (writing) is possible. Thus, digital switch data for loading is loaded into the counter. If load-directed data is at the H level, the counter is ready for setting again. At this point, previously loaded values will not change even if load-directed input is at the H level. KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN Load input External Dimensions - panel thickness (in mm) Metal fittings for installation (Screw clanp torguei kg-cm or less) Square holes for embeddable installation KCH-B KCM The character height of the numerical display device is.7 mm. Connector accessories Upper Multi-connector with 7-8 keys 0D-B-08 Lower Multi-connector with -7 keys AB9/ excluded 0D-0/B B-8

137 KCH-B for Display of High-speed Addition and Subtraction KCH-B Maximum operating speed 0kHz Used in industrial machinery, end-measuring devices, and the like, this electronic counter is exclusively for display. It is used to display items like movement distances for tables, the length of an item being tested, and thickness. Merits Displays dual + and - zone values. It comes equipped to write offset values. When measuring object length, height, or the like, values for start points with which you can set threshold at any value (+ values only). Input format is for both 90 phase differential input and addition/subtraction input. A built in DC power supply is provided for proximity sensor and encoder. Applicable for either wall-mounting or panel-cut-mounting. switches to write settings KCH-BRN KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic Application examples Positional display for the cutting block of a lathe Movement of the cutting block is retrieved as pulses from a rotary encoder connected to the motor. These pulses are used for counting/display with the counter for addition and subtraction display and indicate the position of the cutting block. KCN-T +98 KCH-B KCY + Rotary encoder KCX This counter can also be used in other machines like milling machines and drill presses for display of the table position, display of cutting width for shearing machines, and to display length and thickness for digital micrometers, digital endmeasuring devices, and thickness-measuring devices. Wiring (-digit) with external digital Bit input 8 st nd digit digit Digit output rd digit th digit th digit Digital switches (BCD) Diodes 0 COM COM COM COM COM Numerically set position External Relay Configuration Diagram to write settings C 8 KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-9

138 KCH-B Electronic Specifications Model number KCH-BRN KCH-BRN Number of digits -digit -digit Maximum operational speed 0kHz Counting input Input resistance Input format k V Addition/subtraction signal or dual-phase (90 ) signal KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Writing-directed input Setting input External reset Power source reset Input pulse amplitude Responsiveness Input resistance Digit output Bit input Responsiveness Input resistance Duration of power source interruption Reset duration "" s "0" s Ondelay duration: less than 0. ms Offdelay duration: less than 0. ms k V Written (last digits) as writing-directed input for digital switch connection Ondelay duration: less than ms Offdelay duration: less than ms k V Written (last digits) as writing-directed input for digital switch connection Must be less than 0. s Less than 0. s (the duration of count inoperability while power is supplied) KCN-T KCY Sensor power source Withstand voltage Vibration resistance Insulation resistance Source voltage Lifetime Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient humidity/storage humidity Weight Accessories DC + V 00 ma below % (ripple/effective values) AC00 V minute between ground and power source terminals Conforms to JIS C 09 Durability: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz along three axes No malfunction: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz along three axes DC00 V more than 0 M between ground and power source terminals AC00V(90 V) AC00/0V(80 V) 0/0 Hz approx. VA No output circuit, so not specified in particular (with no freezing) 8 RH (with no dewing) Approx. kg Metal fittings for installation, card edge connector With writing directions, send a signal of more than ms to write-directed terminals. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX B-0

139 KCH-B Operations Connection of terminals (E) and (CH) is for addition and subtraction input; when not connected, the counter is ready for 90 phase differential input. For addition and subtraction input, terminal (INA) is for addition input and terminal (INB) is for subtraction input. For 90o phase differential input, a signal input in terminal (INB) that proceeded a 90 phase via terminal (INA) is added. When this order is reversed, the signal is subtracted. When an addition input signal and subtraction input signal are added at the same time, a miscount occurs, so have a time difference of at least 0 s for timing of the rising edge of the addition input signal and subtraction input signal. It starts counting in 0.s or more after power up. Applying a voltage + to +V onto write-command terminal will display the value that is set with the external setting device. When resetting the display, push the reset button, apply voltage of a voltage + to + V to terminal or interrupt the power supply for at least 0. s. The POSITI display lamp lights up when sending a input signal to the write command input terminal. In addition, it goes out when the counter is reset. Power source Addition input Subtraction input Display values 0 Reset (external button pushed) Write-command Operations Chart E The chart is for when the input format is dual signal input for addition/subtraction. CH 0.s or more Set writing values 0.s or less Wiring example Sending signals to count input terminals Photoelectric sensor Proximity switch Red rown) Rotary encoder V IN A IN B E V IN A IN B E White (black) Photoelectric sensor A Proximity switch A Sending signals to reset input terminals DC signal (general) DC output signal.k b Relay signal Sending signals to write-command input terminals DC signal (general) DC output signal.k b Black (blue) Terminal arrangement Terminal number Red Green White (green) Photoelectric sensor B Proximity switch B E R V R V c e Write-directed input E V c e Relay signal V Black Switch, relay, etc. Write-directed input Switch, relay, etc. Terminal Connection number Connection V (sensor power source) st digit IN A nd digit IN B rd digit digital switches Write command th digit E (ground) th digit R (Reset) 7 Not connected Ch (switching) 8 AC 00/0 V power source "" 9 Not connected "" 0 AC 00 V power source Digital switch "" Not connected "8" AC 0 V power source KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-

140 KCH-B Electronic External Dimensions F or B - panel thickness for embedded installation (in mm) Wall-mounting using a designated socket (F) Boring dimensions for installation Boring dimensions for installation of a designated socket -M,P=0.7 KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY Installation Diagram Exclusive socket (B) use Embedded installation Metal fittings for installation Tightening torque of less than 0. Nm Socket KB--0 Wall-mounting installation Socket KF-A Metal fittings for fixture Spring washer KCX Spring washer M x screw M x 8 screw KCX-RN Multi-connector use Spring washer M x screw KCH-B KCM Metal fittings for installation Multi-connector Tightening torque of less than 0. Nm Metal fittings for connector control M x screw Spring washer Notes: 0 It is recommended to use Chuo Musen 0- -B-0 multiconnector with key for the DIN standard size (7 mm) counter. Designate our multi-connector metal fittings when ordering separately. When ordering the multi-connector connector metal fittings and screws as one set, designate the kit model number. B-

141 KCH-B Important When a voltage of more than + V is applied to the reset terminal, counting cannot be performed. Momentarily applying voltage to the reset terminal during counting or interrupting the power supply may lead to the resetting of count values. When the setting value is 0 and a setting device is operated while the counter is operating, output is produced so avoid operating a setting device during operation whenever possible. Changes in settings should be performed with power off or with external resetting. When using the counter near a solenoid valve, clutch, brake, or the like, a capacitor (0.-0. F condenser) aligned with the driving coil, resistance (00 / W), and a surge absorption element in a series circuit should be connected to prevent noise. R 00 W C F Capacitor Noise prevention circuit C R When the counter's ground and ground wires for other devices are used in common, the ground wire should be as thick and short as possible and connected to the housing in at least one location. The counter's ground wire and other ground lines flowing other large currents should be differentiated. Counter Other device E E E Frame ground Ground that flows some other large current Frame When sending a relay signal for a magnetic relay to a relay input terminal, a resistor (70 / W) should be provided. Malfunctions due to poor contact can be prevented and the degree of reliability will increase further. V KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic The power source transformer has antistatic shielding to prevent noise, so the G terminal (ground) that is at the drawing opening for the shielding wire should be connected to the Electromagnetic contact device 70 W IN KCN-T control panel (housing). E When using the counter in locations with substantial noise, using shielding wire and avoid wiring the counter's commercial KCY power source and input/output wiring other than relay output together with heavy electrical wiring in order to avoid malfunctions. The shield casing of shielding wires should be connected to the counter's E terminal (ground) and the housing with other terminals open. KCX In addition, a heavy lead wire (better than 0. mm ) should be used for connection to the frame when the sensor and counter are installed separately in the frames. KCX-RN Sensor V OUT E Shielding wire Counter V IN E G KCH-B Frame A Connected with a thick lead wire Frame ground Frame B KCM B-

142 KCM-0-/- Multi-counter (Maintenance ) Electronic The KCM-0 series has 9 counters aggregated into one unit, while the KCM- series has 8 counters (timers) aggregated into one unit). These devices can indicate tool replacement for machining centers, NC industrial machinery, and the like as well as maintainance periods for multiple tools. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T Tool management: Replacement notification/warning Whetstones for grinding: Maintenance notification Quantity management: Total counters/preset counters Time management: Integration timers KCM-0 series KCM-0/KCM-0- KCM-0P/KCM-0P- This counter is equipped with 9 units for count input/presetting/independent alarm output (increased count output). The counter produces output when an individual unit reaches set values for equipment halt. KCM- series KCM-/KCM-- KCM-P/KCM-P- This counter is equipped with 8 units for count input/presetting/independent alarm output (increased count output). The counter produces output when an individual unit (timer) reaches set values for equipment halt. KCX KCX-RN KCY KCH-B Open collector output: KCM-0 (Surface sheet in Japanese) KCM-0- (Surface sheet in English) Open collector output: KCM- (Surface sheet in Japanese) KCM-- (Surface sheet in English) KCM Voltage output: KCM-0P (Surface sheet in Japanese) KCM-0P- (Surface sheet in English) Voltage output: KCM-P (Surface sheet in Japanese) KCM-P- (Surface sheet in English) B-

143 KCM-0-/- KCM-0 series Merits Nine -digit preset counters are aggregated into one unit Battery-less Retention of set values and count values is maintenance-free thanks to use of EEPROM. Independent alarm (preset) output from 9 circuits Color-differentiated display pre-alarm (green)- alarm (orange)-equipment halt (red) The pre-alarm is provided to indicate when alarm values are being approached. Equipment halt output Over-values are set with respect to set alarm values for individual counters. Equipment halt (displayed in red) is output whenever a counter reaches over-values. Basic operations Timing chart KCM-0/0- Current values (count values) Equipment halt settings Alarm settings Pre-alarm settings Pre-alarm/alarm display Equipment halt display Alarm output Equipment halt output Green Reset (external or key input) Counter No. Counter input Orange Green Orange Red H () L () KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic These 9 preset counters can also be used as a total counter The counters can be preset (alarm setting) independently to output preset values (displayed in orange) when counts are input. KCN-T Oil-resistant front operation panel KCY Small (DIN 7 x 7mm) The counter's depth is 8 mm, which makes it thin enough for a control panel. KCX Application example: Tool maintenance for multiaxial industrial machinery KCX-RN Processing count input 9 KCH-B 9 Equipment halt output KCM Notes : -9 operate in the same manner. : When counters -9 reach a set value for equipment halt, the equipment halt output and display come. Lamp/buzzer/equipment halt, etc. Alarm output Alarm output Alarm output 9 B-

144 KCM-0-/- Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCM- series Merits Eight -digit preset counters (timers) are aggregated into one unit Battery-less Retention of set values and count values is maintenance-free thanks to use of EEPROM. Independent alarm (preset) output from 8 circuits Color-differentiated display for counters (timers) upon reaching set values Setting (green)-setting (orange)- Setting (red) OR output Output is produced by any of the counters (timers) upon reaching Setting values or Setting values. These 8 preset counters can also be used as a total counter or integrated timer Use of counter and timer functions can be mixed. Any counter /timer can be reset with an external signal. Basic operations Timing chart KCM--/- Current values (count values/time keeping values) Setting or Setting Setting Setting / Setting display Setting output OR output Reset (external or key input) Counter/timer No. Counter/timer input Green Orange Green Orange Red H () L () KCY KCX KCX-RN Oil-resistant front operations panel Small (DIN 7 x 7) The counter's depth is 8 mm, which makes it thin enough for a control panel. Application example: Tool maintenance for multiaxial industrial machinery Processing count input Timekeeping input KCH-B 8 8 OR output KCM Notes : /timers -8 operate in the same manner. : When counters (timers) -8 reach Setting (Setting ), the OR output comes. Lamp/buzzer/equipment halt, etc. Setting output Setting output Setting /output 8 B-

145 KCM-0- Front Panel Layout and Description Reset Key Resets values currently displayed. When multiple counters are counting up, operating Reset switches to the next counter display. Mode display Displays pre-alarm/alarm equipment halt if present in Setup mode. When no displays are lit, the counter is in Run mode. Count-up display (green-orange-red) Green: Represents reaching prealarm set values. Orange: Represents reaching alarm set values. Red: Represents reaching equipment halt settings. Equipment halt display (red) Displays counters that have reached equipment halt settings. Current value display Displays the current value of the counter displayed by Counter No. In Run mode, zeroes for higher digits are not lit. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic Counter No. display Displays the selected Counter No. When counters are counting up (set alarm values), this display switches to the Counter No. with an increased count. Set value display Displays the set value (alarm, pre-alarm, or equipment halt) of the counter displayed by Counter No. In Run mode, zeroes for higher digits are not lit. KCN-T KCY CNT No. Key Key (Digit Selection Key) KCX Switches the counter's Current value display and Set value display. 8 9 In Run mode, unused counters are not displayed. Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. MODE Key Switches between Run mode and Setting modes. Setting modes Run Alarm Pre-alarm Equipment halt When no key input continues for longer than minute, the display automatically switches to Run mode. Used for selection of digits during set value input. th digit th digit st digit The selected digit flickers. Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. SET Key (Value Advancement Key) The number of the digit selected is advanced with this key Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. Key This key sets values as set in memory in Setting mode. Once set, a portion of the Set value display will blink times, which represents input. KCX-RN KCH-B KCM B-7

146 KCM-0- Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B Input and Output/Specifications Block Diagram KCM-0 KCM-0P Terminal number I/O Explanation of functions Specifications,, 7,,,, 9, 0, 8,,, 8, 9, 0,,, 7 Positive logic Negative logic Count input 9 Operational speed switching input Count No. selection input Reset input Alarm output 9 Equipment halt output Run output Count No. display 0V COM Or Count input Reset input IN COM Operational speed switching input Count No. selection input DCV Count input CH IN COM Operational speed switching input Count No. selection input Reset input CH Regardless of Run mode/setting mode, the current values of the counter are added (+). Current values proceed from H L, L H, and L H (positive logic). 0Hz 00Hz Counter selection input Counter No. advances with H L and L H (positive logic). In Run mode, unused counters are not selected. Current values of the counter specified by Counter No. are reset. When input for Counter No. selection and reset are input together within approx. a -seoncd interval, all counters are reset. Output when set alarm values are reached with independent output for counter Nos. -9. Output when equipment halt settings are reached with output for any counter from Nos. -9. for CPU normal/ for CPU abnormal Increased count display Count No Display Current value display Set value display -digit, -stage Preset counter 9 Increased count display Count No. Display Current value display Set value display -digit, -stage Preset counter 9 Equipment halt display Equipment halt display Displays the Counter No. selected via the Counter No. selection key or external counter no. selection input. Switches to the Counter No. (in order of preference) with an increased count when counters are counting up. Order of preference: Equipment halt alarm pre-alarm V OR Power source circuit CPU normal V OR Power source circuit CPU normal Operational speed 0/00Hz Switching with source edge Ondelay: 0ms Offdelay: 0ms Ondelay: 0.s Offdelay: 0.s Duration of input response: 0ms 0Hz 0ms 00Hz DCV 0 V 0V COM Equipment halt output Alarm output Run output OUT COM DCV 0 DCV 0 V 0V COM CPU normal Alarm output Run output OUT COM KCM-0 Input voltage : 0- V : more than V Input resistance:. k KCM-0P Input voltage (Positive logic) : 0- V : Input open (Negative logic) : -7. V : 0- V Input resistance:. k Response duration : After power supply less than. s : After abnormality sensing less than 0 ms KCM KCM-0 KCM-0P Input circuit IN COM Input Input circuit.k V V V Output circuit Output circuit Alarm output Equipment halt output Run output OUT COM 0 V COM Max. DC V/0. A V Notes : IN COM and V are connected internally to the counter. : OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected internally to the counter. IN COM Input.k OUT COM Alarm output Equipment halt output Run output Note: OUT COM and V are connected internally to the counter. B-8

147 KCM-- Front Panel Layout and Description Reset Key Resets values currently displayed. When multiple counters are counting up, operating Reset switches to the next counter display. Mode display Displays Setting /Setting /Setting if present in Setup mode. When no displays are lit, the counter is in Run mode. Count-up display (green-orange-red) Green: Represents reaching Setting values. Orange: Represents reaching Setting values. Red: Represents reaching Setting. Timekeeping unit display (red) Differentiates timekeeping units by color for display during timer operation. Green: Seconds Orange: Minutes Red: Hours Current value display Displays the current value of the counter/timer displayed by Counter /timer No. In Run mode, zeroes for higher digits are not lit. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic C/T No. display Displays the selected Counter/ timer No. When counters/timers are counting up (Setting ), this display switches to the Counter/Timer No. with an increased count. Set value display Displays the set value (Setting, Setting, or Setting ) of the counter/timer displayed by Counter /timer No. In Run mode, zeroes for higher digits are not lit. KCN-T KCY C/T No. MODE Key Switches the counter's Current value display and Set value display. 8 In Run mode, unused counters/timers are not displayed. Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. Key Switches between Run mode and Setting modes. Setting modes Run Setting Setting Setting When no key input continues for longer than minute, the display automatically switches to Run mode. SET Key Key (Digit Selection Key) Used for selection of digits during set value input. th digit th digit st digit The selected digit blinks. Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. Key (Value Advancement Key) The number of the digit selected is advanced with this key. 0 8 Continue to push this key for more than second and the display will automatically advance. This key sets values as set in memory in Setting mode. Once set, a portion of the Set value display will blink times, which represents input. KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX B-9

148 KCM-- Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV KCN-T KCY KCX KCX-RN KCH-B KCM Input and Output Functions/ Specifications Block Diagram KCM-- KCM-P- Terminal number I/O Explanation of functions Specifications 7 9 0,, 7 8,,, 8, 9, 0,, Input Positive logic input Negative logic input Positive logic input Negative logic input.k C/T input 8 C/T No. Selection input C/T No. Selection input Reset Setting output 8 OR output Run output Counter/timer No. display or Or DCV IN COM C/T input 7 8 C/T No. Selection B0 B B BA Reset input DCV IN COM C/T input 7 8 C/T No. Selection B0 B B Total C/T No. selection BA BA Reset input Regardless of Run mode/setting mode, the count (timekeeping) of the counter (timer) is performed. When used as a counter, current values proceed from When used as a timer, timing starts. Timekeeping is continuous when. Timing is halted with. Specifies inputs (B0, B, and B) for the counter/timer No. that is to be reset. Input is when during reset input for all timers and counters to be selected. Current values of the selected Counter/timer No. become 0. Output when Setting values are reached with output for any counter/timer from Nos. -8. Output when Setting (Setting ) values are reached with output for any counter/timer from Nos. -8 for CPU normal/ for CPU abnormal. Displays the Counter/timer No. selected via the Counter/timer No. selection key or external C/T No. selection input. Operational speed 0 cps/00 cps Min. pulse amplitude. ms/ ms Timekeeping range Hours hrs Minutes mins Seconds s Ondelay: 0 ms Offdelay: 0 ms KCM--/P-: Input circuit KCM--: Output circuit KCM-P-: Output circuit V Setting output V OR output/run output IN COM Open collector OUT COM 0V COM OUT COM Increased count/time display C T No Display Current value display Set value display -digit, -stage Preset counter x 8 (timers) Increased count/time display C T No Display Current value display Set value display -digit, -stage Preset counter x 8 (timers) Timer display Timer display Power source circuit Duration of input response: 0 ms (0-Hz timer) 0 ms(00 Hz) Input voltage (Negative logic) : 0- V : Input open (Positive logic) : -7. V : 0- V Input resistance:. k Response duration : After power supply less than. s : After abnormality sensing less than 0 ms Default settings: Pressing the Mode key and + key at the same time has the counter enter Default Setting Mode, and default setting of the following data is performed.)counter/timer selection )Setting of operational speed/timekeeping units )Selection of Reset key disable or enable )Set value selection with respect to OR output (Setting or Setting ) V OR CPU normal V OR Power source circuit CPU normal Voltage output Setting output OR output/run output DCV V 0V COM OR output Count No. 7 8 Run output OUT COM DCV DCV V 0V COM OR output Setting output 7 8 Run output OUT COM Notes : Input common 0 V: Positive logic V: Negative logic : Output common KCM--: 0 V and internally short-circuited KCM-P-: V and internally short-circuited B-0

149 KCM-0-/- General Specifications (Common to KCM-0-/- Series) Item Source voltage Power consumption Ambient temperature Storage temperature Specification DC V % (0.-7. V) KCM-0-: DC V 0% (.-. V) W (with no freezing) Ambient humidity/ storage humidity 8%RH(with no dewing) Insulation resistance more than 00 M DC00 V minute between power source and input terminals Withstand voltage AC00V 0/0 Hz minute (uncharged metallic portion exposed to charged portion and external portion) Noise resistance Between power source terminals: kv (pulse amplitude s rise ns) Between input terminals: 00 kv (pulse amplitude s rise ns) Vibration resistance No malfunction: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz along three axes Durability: displacement amplitude 0.7 mm 0- Hz along three axes Impact resistance 98m/s along three axes Case packing Munsell N- (dark gray) ABS material Weight 0g Model numbers Model number KCM-0 KCM-0- KCM-0P KCM-0P- KCM- KCM-- KCM-P KCM-P- (Accessories) Metal fittings for installation Terminal arrangement (names and functions) KCM-0 Series 7 Equipment halt Predicted output Count input RUN Operational Predicted output speed Count input Reset Counter No. +V 0V COM OUT COM CH IN COM OR output Setting / Setting output C/T input RUN N.C BA 7 8 B0 Setting output C/T input C/T No. Selection input +V 0V COM OUT COM B B IN COM 7 8 Reset KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Electronic KCN-T KCY External Dimensions (in mm) Installation panel thickness - KCX Metal fittings for installation Boring dimensions RESET C/T No. MODE st nd rd COUNT SET 7 7. KCM KCX-RN KCH-B rd C/T No. MODE SET Square hole B-

150 Products Related to Electronic Selecting Socket Electronic Model number Appearance Applicable countents External dimensions -M. P= KF-A KCH-B.Hole KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Sockets for wall surface mounting KF-0 KCX KCX-B KCX-RN not included Hole Hole KF-0 KCY KCN-T KB--0 KCH-B Hole 00 KCY KCX KCX-RN Sockets for flush mounting KB-0 KCX KCX-B. 7 -M Hole KB-0 KCY 7 9 KCH-B KCX-RN not included. 0 Kit model number Contents Applicable counters External dimensions KCM Connectors for flush mounting KA-0 KA- Connector Support metals Screws Multi-purpose connector 0 with keys(0- )manufac- tured by Chuo Musen) Support metals Screws KCX KCX-B KCX-RN not included. KCH-B B-

151 CPG- Products Related to Electronic Clock-pulse generator CPG- The clock-pulse-generator provides the pulse which you can use for application requiring high-precision timer for a long period. Power source Pulse generation CPG- Electronic counter Output DC V E Specifications Model number CPG- KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic Operation The clock-pulse generator ( Hz, 0 Hz, and 00 Hz) provides high-precision digital control using a liquid crystal oscillator. It can be used as a high-precision timer in combination with preset counters like KCX. Output Reset input Hz 0Hz 00Hz Power source Consumption current Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient humidity/ storage humidity Accessories Output resistance Output duration Approx.. Approx. 0 ms (-9 V) Output resistance Approx.. (-9 V) Output duration Approx. 0 ms Output resistance Output duration Approx.. Approx. ms (-9 V) Input resistance Approx. IResponsiveness Less than ms min. pulse amplitude of ms DC / V common (DC 0-0 V) 0mA (with no freezing) 8 RH (with no dewing) None KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T External Dimensions (in mm) Socket (F) KF-0 Terminal arrangement KCH-B hole Hz output E 7 8 0Hz output Hz output Reset imput Power source input (DC0 0V) KCM B-

152 Products Related to Electronic FG-0 Electronic KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV Pulse Generator FG-0 The pulse generator converts the / output of E-0Z (PLC, Add/sub. counter module) to a pulse train for pulsemotor application. The Generator has voltage output to allow high-speed control of DC sensor motors and inverter motors. Settings like low speeds, high speeds, timing related to addition and subtraction, and DC voltage output can be set in a broad range via volume on the front panel. Count output can be switched between positive and negative logic to allow connection to different types of counters. Specifications Item Specification Source voltage AC90 V 80 V 0/0Hz VA High-speed 0 00Hz High-speed Hz Low-speed 000Hz Timing related to addition and subtraction 0 00ms 000Hz Changed via volume KCN-T KCY directional input Reduced speed output High-speed selection input Count mode selection input CW/CCW pulse output CW/CCW count output DC output Negative logic input voltage less than. V voltage more than 8 V current 0 ma V positive logic/output current 0 ma/pulse amplitude 0 s Open collector output current 0 ma Pulse amplitude 0 s (possible to switch between positive and negative logic) 9 V 0 ma Max. (can be changed with volume) directional input Reduced speed input High-speed selection input Count mode selection input K 0 Ambient temperature 0 0 KCX Storage temperature 0 70 (with no freezing) Ambient humidity/ storage humidity 8 RH(with no dewing) Accessories Metal fittings for installation Drive input with an open collector. KCX-RN directional input directional input KCH-B Reduced speed input High-speed selection input CW pulse output CW CCW pulse output (Output for a pulse motor driver) CW CCW count output (Output for a counter) 0 CCW pulse output CW count output KCM CCW count output Voltage output (+9 V Max.) 70 0 CW CCW output Voltage output is for positive output only; negative voltage is not output. CW/CCW count output can be switched between positive logic and negative logic. When direction input is entered, switching to high-speed selection input is not possible. When using positive logic, pull up with resistance. B-

153 FG-0 Selecting socket Terminal arrangement Terminal number Directional input Reduced speed input 0V Count mode selection input High-speed selection input Voltage output CW Pulse output CCW CW Count output CCW AC80 V AC90 V AC0V Explanation With this input, CW/CCW pulse outputs and count outputs are produced. With this input, high-speed changes to low-speed. Input common terminal Allows switching of positive logic of count output. H: negative logic/l: positive logic Allows selection of high speed and high speed. H: high speed /L: high speed Voltage output corresponding to the pulse frequency. Output to a pulse motor driver. Output to a counter for pulse setting. AC source input The FG-0's external dimensions and exclusive socket are the same as those of the KCX Series counters. Refer to page B-7. KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T B-

154 Electronic MEMO KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV B-

155 MEMO KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCN-S/W KCN-A KCN-A Electronic KCX KCY KCN-T B-7

156 Electronic MEMO KCM KCH-B KCX-RN KCX KCY KCN-T KCN-S/W KCN-A KCV B-8

157 DIGITAL TACHOMETERS How the tachometers work C- TC-V Series C- TC Series List of Digital tachometers C- Eight measurement modes and examples C- Merits C- Measurement mode C-7 TC- C-9 TC- C- TC-L-G/H C-7 TC- C-9 TC- C- TC-A C- TC-B C-8 TC-S/TC-W C-0 Wiring C- Recommended applications C- How the tachometers work There are two operation principles for measuring revolutional movement. The KOYO tachometers use the cycle period. Pulse count Based on the pulse input from the detector, the tachometer calculates and displays the number of revolutions per minute (rpm). Using the prescale, it converts the number of revolutions to a speed then displays the value. To ensure precision, measurement time or input pulse should be increased. Cycle period The tachometer calculates the number of revolutions (rpm) by multiplying the inverse of the cycle period (in seconds) by 0 as follows: Number of revolutions (rpm) 0 (rpm) cycle period (in seconds) The lower the speed is, the more precisely it is measured. Measurement range: to 9999 pulse cycles/revolution (On TC-L model, only or 0 cycles/revolution can be cycle period Sec. selected.) C-

158 TC-V Series Digital Tachometers Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-B TC-S/W This tachometer is provided with a large display that is easy to read in a small DIN 8 body. Bright character display is with a large red LED and a character height of 0 mm, which makes it easy to read from a distance and at an angle. In addition, a green LED is used for preset values to differentiate from measurement values. Setting of preset values to 0 settings with individual setting keys for digits has the feel of digital switches, and operation is simple. Basic function settings are made with digital switches; detailed settings are selected with digit keys, so operation is easy. Merits Key protection to lock keys individually Key protection can be set for individual keys to prevent a malfunction or tampering. Battery-less memory retention EEPROM is used to retain values in memory, so there is no need for battery maintenance. Removable terminals Maintenance has been reduced via terminals that can be removed. After wiring, the terminal cover provides a safe surface for worry-free use. Free power source for the AC type The source voltage for the AC type covers from AC8- V; the power source cannot be selected. IP Protective structure The front cover panel uses sheet keys, so operation with wet or dirty hands can be done worry-free. A front cover is also provided as an option to enhance the protective structure. Designed in compliance with CE and UL List of Models CE Marking complied Prescaling Prescaling that can convert the speed and flow for the speed of revolution into units of time for the workload is provided. Stable display Time settings can be made during measurement to stabilize the display when high speeds are used.you can choose 0./0./.0/.0s High-speed response The measurement input for this class complies with high speeds at 0 kcps. High precision Cycle measurement is used in measurement format to obtain a high degree of precision at low speeds. Revolution halt is already at 0 Halt determination times that are already displayed as 0 after revolution halt can be selected from 0./0./.0/.0/.0 s. Equipped with output A single preset type is also offered. It complies with revolution control. With zero halt Unneeded 0s for higher digits are not displayed. Model number system Category Model Number Number of Digits Digital tachometer with single preset Digital tachometer for dedicated display TC-VS TC-VS-C TC-V TC-V-C Source Voltage AC DC AC Sensor Source Voltage DCV 0mA Price DC Accessories: Installation Frame TC-V - C : DC power Blank: AC power S : Single preset Blank: Dedicated display : -digit Series Name C-

159 TC-V General Specifications Specification Item AC power DC power Source voltage AC00 0V DC V Permitted power fluctuation AC8 V DC0.V Power consumption Approx. VA Approx. W Sensor power DCV (0 8V) 0mA (less than 0%p-p ripple) Memory Backup EEPROM Writing Up to 00,000 times upon Power Failure Memory Duration 0 years Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 0 70 (with no freezing) Ambient humidity 8 RH (with no dewing) Withstand voltage AC kv for one minute (for AC input, 0 V, and relay interconnection) (for the DC type, 0 V, and relay interconnection only) Durable Displacement amplitude 0. mm Frequency 0- Hz along three axes Vibration resistance Impact resistance No malfunction Durable No malfunction Displacement amplitude 0. mm Frequency 0- Hz along three axes 90 m/s ms along three axes 98 m/s ms along three axes Noise resistance AC power. kv between terminals (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) DC power.0 kv between terminals (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) Protective structure Weight IP (front panel only) Approx. 0g Approx. 0g Conforming wiring 0..mm Terminals Conforming crimped contact Permitted torque R.- 0.Nm Performance Specifications Item Category Setting Number of digits Display Operational format Set items Basic setting range Prescaling Measurement precision Setting duration Input Specification Tachometer Single with alarm output/without (separate model number) digits Display of settings: red LED Character height 0 mm preset settings: green LED character height 7 mm Cycle measurement Speed of revolution only rpm (when prescaling is ) M 0 n M n 9 0.0% excluding selection of low-speed input (0 Hz) ( 0.% during low-speed input) s Input logic: Negative logic (no-load input) / Positive logic (load input) Input resistance: Positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital TC-S/W TC-B Tachometers Inpult voltage: L 0 V H 7 0 V Setting input response Max. signal amplitude ms External reset No-volt output: NPN open collector output V 00 ma Withstand pressure V Residual voltage less than. V *Output Relay output: transformer relay AC0V A (resistance load) *Output mode Compared output / Retained output Key protection Setting of arbitrary keys possible Installation Exclusively for embedding (terminal block connection) *means that items do not apply to devices for designated display. C-

160 TC-V Digital Tachometers Measurement operations ) Display of the speed of revolution for one revolution/pulse The reciprocal ( ) of the IN input cycle (T sec) is multiplied by 0 and displayed as the speed of revolution. T Display Pre-revolution values T 0rpm T 0rpm T 0rpm T 0rpm TC-V IN TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- Display IN Measurement time T T T T The range for count input P/R is rpm during prescaling. ) Measurement time This item is used for revolution at high speeds and to stabilize display. Displays the average of a pulse as entered in the measurement time; when outside the measurement time, the display is updated with each input pulse. Pulse average in T Pulse average in T T T T Measurement time Measurement time Measurement time Output operations chart (only for devices with output) Preset values Alarm output Reset Relay output DC output Hold output 0 Compared output Preset values Alarm output Reset Relay output DC output T 0rpm TC-S/W Alarm settings When alarm settings are 0, DC output is the same as in output operations for relay output. Alarm settings should be smaller values than preset values. Performing alarm setting with values that exceed preset values will result in measurement values of 0; alarm output (DC output) will come. Input single pulse width Low-speed (0 Hz) High-speed (0 Hz) H H L L 0 ms or more 0 ms or more s or more s or more C-

161 TC-V Wiring Diagrams TC-VS TC-VS-C Sensor power Measurement input DCV0mA IN DC output OUT 7 R Reset input DC output OUT Measurement input IN I/O Circuit Diagrams 0V TC-V Sensor power DCV0mA Measurement input IN COM N.C N.O Relay output AC00 0V power AC00 0V power R Reset input TC-V-C Measurement input IN COM N.C N.O Relay output + DC V power DC V power Do not connect any of the terminals for the DC input. Sensor power DCV IN Reset input 7 0V Alarm output is used in combination with DC output (OUT terminal). V.k 7k k V.k k 7k AC power Internal V during negative logic input N.C. COM N.O. OUT DCV IN Reset input 7 0V 0V DC power Internal V during negative logic input V.8k 7k k V.8k k 7k 7 R Reset input 7 R Reset input N.C. COM N.O. OUT TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers 0V 0V C-

162 TC-V Digital Tachometers Input Wiring Examples (Measurement input/reset input) Proximity switch with NPN open collector output Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Input logic: Negative logic: (no-volt input) (neg) Input logic: Negative logic: (voltage input) (pos) TC-V Setting Reset Brown Black Black 7 Sensor source (DC V) IN Reset Setting Reset Brown Black Black 7 Sensor source (DC V) IN Reset TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- DC -wire proximity switch Input logic: Negative logic (no-volt input) (neg) Setting Reset Blue White White 7 Black Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z With the DC type, please supply source voltage above 0 V. 0 V Recommended proximity switch: APS - -N E Switch or relay IN Reset 0 V Input logic: Negative logic (no-volt input) (neg) Measurement input response: 0 Hz (Dip switch ) Rotary encoder Blue Recommended proximity switch: APS - -E Input logic: Arranged with encoder output and set as positive or negative logic Red (brown) Green (black) Black (blue) Recommended proximity switch: TRD-J -S TRD-N -S 0 V Sensor source (DC V) Input logic: Positive logic (voltage input) (pos) Measurement input response: 0 Hz (Dip switch ) IN 0V TC-B Setting Reset IN 7 Reset Setting Reset 7 Sensor power source (DC V) IN Reset TC-S/W 0V Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output 0V There is no DC power source. Use a separate external power source. Relay output OUT Relay drive possible Load COM 8 Load power 0V N.C. 9 Load Load for specified DC V power source N.O. 0 Load C-

163 TC-V Front Panel Layout and Description Output (red) Operating mode Lit when output is. Blinks when alarm output is. Key protection (red) Operating mode Blinks when key protection is (only when the key is ). Setup Mode Displays key protection settings. RST key Operating mode Turns output. Setup mode Allows selection of set items. Key Operation With Single preset OUT K/P RST RST METER METER Designated display. Changing preset values (Single preset only) Press a digit key once to increase the corresponding digit by one: After removing your finder from the key, the settings will be verified after about one second.. Output (Single preset only) Press the RST key to reset to turn output (Response time 0.s). When output is, pressing the RST key will turn output.. Protecting the keys (Single preset only) Protection of individual keys can be set with operating keys. When Key protection is set in Operating mode, pressing a set key will cause the corresponding LED for the key pushed to blink in order to indicate that operation has been disabled. As the facfory setup, Key protection in Setup mode is completely disabled, so just turning Dip switch 7 with power supplied will disable all keys. Measurement value (red) Operating mode Displays measurement values. Setup mode Displays setting parameters. Preset values (green) Operating mode Displays preset values. Setup mode Displays set items. Digit keys Operating mode Allows changes in preset values for the operating mode. Setup mode Allows selection of setting parameters. The Designated Display panel has several lamps that differ with respect to the Single Preset Counter: Output display Protection Display None Preset values Not displayed in Operating mode. Digit keys RST keys Disabled in Operating mode. Example: When the counter is preset to Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to OUT K/P RST METER TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers C-7

164 TC-V Digital Tachometers Configure dip switches Use the dip switch on the top of the counter to configure varions parameters and operation mode. Configure dip switches with power off. Operation with power up will have no effect. When dip switches are re-configured, you must press the Reset key in operating mode to reset the count values Dip switch TC-V 7 8 As the factory setups, all switches are. TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- Input frequency The input frequency is selected with Dip switch Input frequency 0Hz 0kHz Measurement times 0.s 0.s.0s.0s SW Measurement times The measurement times are selected with Dip switches and. 7 8 SW Factory setup SW Halt determination times The halt determination times are selected with Dip switches,, and. Factory setup Suspension determination times.0s(0).0s(0).0s(0) 0.s(0) 0.s(00) SW SW SW Items in parentheses are maximum revolutions for P/R. Selection of the operating mode Selection of key protection Selection of halt determination times Selection of measurement times Selection of input frequency With the cycle measurement format, the display will change as pulses are input, and the display may vary during high revolutions. The average of the pulse input in the measurement time can be displayed with setting of the measurement time to stabilize the display during high revolutions. Factory setup After the halt determination time is set once measurement input is, the function will display 0. When setting the halt determination time at P/R to 0. s, be aware that the maximum revolutions will be 00 rpm. Key protection TC-S/W With Dip switch 7, [Do not protect keys] can be selected to take effect for keys set in Setup mode using [Protect keys]. Setting for keys to protect can performed in Setup mode. As the factory setups, [Do not protect keys] is set. 7 8 Key protection Settings in Setup mode take effect Do not SW7 With the Designated display type, this should be. Factory setup Operating mode The operating mode is selected with Dip switch 8. Operating mode SW8 Setup mode 7 8 Run mode Factory setup C-8

165 TC-V Setup Mode Settings that cannot be selected with dip switches can be set in Setup mode. Items that can be configured in Setup Mode ) Prescaling Prescaling values ( ) are set. ) Input logic Positive or negative logic ) Output mode Compared/Retained ) Decimal place Any digit can be set for display of the decimal point. ) Alarm output Offset values can be set with respect to preset values ) Resetting key protection Setting to disable the reset key can be performed. 7) Protecting digit keys Setting to disable any digit key can be performed. With a Dedicated Display Tachometer, items ), ), ), and 7) are skipped.. Switching Between Setup mode and Run mode Run mode Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Setup mode. Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Run mode.. Operations in Setup mode In Setup mode, the settings can be initialized using the menu as follows: * Represents the factory setup. Prescaling settings (scl) RST Prescaling settings (scl) RST Operational Example Setup mode Selection of prescaling values is with the digit key. (* ) Displays measurement values Digit keys Settings of are possible. Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of prescaling exponents is with the digit key. (*0 ) Digit key: Displays measurement values. The exponent will be. Settings of 0 9 are possible. Press the Reset key to proceed. Run mode Changing preset values. Change the preset value from 0 to 0. Before changing Input logic settings (si g) RST Output mode settings (c-op) RST Decimal point settings (d. p) RST Alarm output settings (set ) RST Reset key protection (rpro) RST Digit key protection (ppro) a RST Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays measurement values. pos Selects positive logic. neg Selects negative logic. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays measurement values. Selects retained output. Selects compared output. * Press the Reset key to proceed. The display position of the decimal point is set with the digit key. The decimal place is displayed in accordance with the digit key. Digit key will set no decimal place (*No decimal point). Measurement values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting is with the digit key. (*0) Measurement values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. Digit key: for K/P display (*disabled) (enabled) Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. Digit key: for K/P display (* (* Disabled/enabled) (* Disabled/enabled) Disabled/enabled) (* (* Disabled/enabled) (* Disabled/enabled) Disabled/enabled) Press the Reset key to proceed. Digit key K/P display Not used Disabled with lamp on Used Enabled with lamp off With the Designated display tachometer, items marked with an are skipped. Setting parameters are rendered effective by pressing the Reset key and proceeding to the next step. Key protection settings are rendered effective with Dip switch 7 as well as an AND condition. To begin protection, turn Dip switch 7. Change complete TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers METER METER METER METER OUT K/P RST OUT K/P RST OUT K/P RST OUT K/P RST Press Digit key twice. Press Digit key once. C-9

166 TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-B TC-S/W Setting Example for Display of the Speed of Revolution When using a rotary encoder for 00 pulses/revolution, the speed of revolution can be displayed. A measurement time of.0 s will be used to stabilize the display during high revolutions. In addition, the decimal place will be after the first digit with the half determination time of.0 s. OUT K/P RST TC-V METER 00 Measurement axis = Rotary encoder 00P/R Calculation of prescaling values With the tachometer, prescaling is for pulse/ revolution. Accordingly, prescaling for 00P/R is Prescaling setting is done with the exponent and mantissa such that Set items Set items Measurement time Halt measurement time Prescaling exponent Prescaling mantissa 7 8 Contents.0s.0s. Setting the dip switch Turn the power, then operate the dip switch. Select the Measurement time of.0 s. Turn Dip switch Turn Dip switch. Switching to Setup mode Turn Dip switch 8 and then turn power.. Changing setting contents The setting screen for the Prescaling mantissa is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for the Prescaling exponent is displayed. Press the key twice and "-" is set. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Input logic is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Output mode is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for the Decimal point is displayed. Press the key and the decimal point will be displayed between the first and second digit. Press the RST key and the setting parameters will be written. Setting is complete after this step. OUT K/P. Switching to Run mode Turn the power after completing setting in Setup mode and turn Dip switch 8 (Run mode) (When power is, setting contents from Setup mode are written).. Starting Run mode Be sure to turn power after changing settings in Setup mode and press the RST key to reset count values. OUT K/P OUT K/P OUT K/P OUT K/P Select the half measurement time of.0 s. 7 8 Turn Dip switch Turn Dip switch Turn Dip switch C-0

167 TC-V Error Codes Common Errors Error Error Type Error Details e0 e0 e0 e Option Option Rubber Packing Front Cover Overflow Error Underflow Error Over Input Frequency Memory Data Error Model Number KC-8P KC-8C Data to display exceeds the display range. The position of data to display drops below the display range. The input frequency exceeds 0 khz. Preset/set values and Setup mode items have changed. Details Corrective Action Enter measurement values in normal ranges and the device will automatically recover (review settings for prescaling and the decimal point). Lower the input frequency. Prevents water from entering the control panel with installation between the installation panel and TC-V. Protects the front panel from dirt and the like. Material: Soft silicone rubber Key operation can be performed with the front cover as-is. Press the Reset key to eliminate the error display. Measurement values and timekeeping values will be set to 0, preset and set values will be 000, and Setup mode parameters will be set to factory setups. TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers C-

168 TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- Precautions Precautions for Use () With the DC power source, the 0-V terminal and the input common 0-V terminal are internally short-circuited. () Apply the rated voltage in one instant, not by gradually raising the voltage. () Always use negative input logic to set the DC -wire proximity switch. () During counting, changes to preset values will take effect about one second after key input of the change. In subtraction mode, key input takes effect when the count is reset Valid preset valve will be saved in the memory of loss of power. ()It is recommended to use a sheet included in the package to keep the setups for the future maintenance. () Use in the following environments should be avoided: A location where the ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0. A location where the ambient humidity is above 8% or abrupt temperature changes may cause condensation. A location with dust, iron fillings, corrosive gasses, or the like. A location exposed to direct sunlight. A location with significant vibrations or impact. (7) When conducting testing of insulation withstand voltage, insulation resistance, or the like, detach the control circuit from the main body. (8) When power is interrupted, writing to the internal EEPROM will take place. The number of times EEPORM writing can be performed is less than 00,000, so avoid use with frequent power source operation. Installation and Removal of the Main Body Installation Insert the main body through the panel installation port. From the rear, mount the installation frame. Precautions for Wiring Keep the wires away from power line. With regard to use in locations where extensive noise is generated, keep the KCV counter and wires away from the noise source to the extent possible. Empty terminals are not to be used as relay terminals. For connection, use of crimped contacts is recommended. When wiring the and 7 terminals, do not install fork-shaped crimped contacts at an angle. Use a round crimped contact for angled installation. Fork-shaped crimped contacts Installation of the Terminal Block and Terminal Cover Main body For angled installation, connection with the contact is insufficient. Like in the illustration above, install the contact perpendicular to the horizontal. Round crimped contact TC-B Terminal block Fixing screw TC-S/W Installation frame: Can be installed vertically or horizontally. Removal Terminal block cover Do not use a screw other than the one used to fix the terminal block during shipping. Maintain a permitted torque of 0. Nm. Install the terminal block after wiring is complete. Holding the tabs, spread them mm. While keeping the tabs spread, pull the device towards you. C-

169 TC-V External Dimensions 8 Mounting bracket 8 Detailed Diagram of the Terminal Block Terminal screw M Complying wiring: 0.-. mm Complying crimped contact: R.- Permitted torque: 0. Nm Mounting bracket or more 00 (AC power source) 0 (DC power source) Panel thickness 0 0 DC power source AC power source Boring Dimensions for Installation. When the installation handle is horizontal 70 or more Square hole (Close installation possible) Depth mm 0mm. When the installation handle is vertical 70 or more (in mm) TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers C-

170 TC Series Digital Tachometers Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- TC- TC-A TC-B Merits Prescaling Based on a preset scale, the tachometer converts the number of revolutions to a distance, volume or production per unit time. The prescale function is not included in the TC-L model. Precision Using a sampling technique, the tachometer precisely measures various speeds and cycles of repeated movements Quick reset (TC-/TC-) On the TC- model, the displayed value is reset to zero if no pulse is entered for one second. The counter displays the previous value if it receives no pulse for six seconds. List of Digital Tachometers Signal output Functions Signal input None (Display only) Analog Digital Single preset Dual preset Mode Prescallinpling point report Sam- Decimal Error TC-L Open collector TC- / TC- TC- TC- TC-A TC-B TC-S TC-W Outside TC V V Any types of sensors Mode only 8 modes Mode only modes mode,,,8 TC-S/W Analog output Digital output Singlie preset Dual preset TC- TC-A TC-B TC-S TC-W Magnetic sensor General purpose inverter OUT OUT Meter Display C OUT C Proximity switch Motor with AC tachometer generator Recorder Programmable controller Open collector DC -wire, Namur or voltage output Analog output is effective in Mode only. C-

171 TC Series Measurement examples Eight measurement modes and examples Revolutions (rpm) (Mode ) Speed (Mode ) Passing speed (Mode ) INA INA rpm Detector m minute Motor INB INA m m Min. Number of revolutions Speed Based on the pulse input from the detector, the tachometer calculates and displays the number of revolutions per minute (rpm). Using the prescale, it converts the number of revolutions to a speed then displays the value. Speed=number of revolutions r (r is the radius of the roller in meters.) Using two detectors, the tachometer measures the speed of an object passing through a certain point. The prescale can be adjusted to suit the measurement unit. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers Cycle time (Mode ) INA Sec. One cycle of operation Parts feeder Rotary encoder Cycle time The tachometer measures the time for an object to pass through a certain distance. Cycle measurement range 0ms Time elapsed: lnfinite 0s TC-L Time lag (Mode ) INB INA Sec. A B The tachometer measures the time for an object to move from the detector A to the detector B. Its speed can be calculated from the "time lag" between the two sensors and their distance. TC- Cycle measurement range 0ms 0s Process time (Mode ) Length (Mode ) Measurement INA INA Sec. cm INB Length Press bject being pressed Rotary encoder The tachometer displays the time elapsed after an action is started. For example, it measures the time after a press is started or a valve is opened. Cycle measurement range 0ms 0s The photoelectric sensor generates pulse when it detects a moving object. The pulse count is converted to the length by the rotary encoder, and displayed on the tachometer. With the prescalling function, the measurement can be converted at a preset scale. TC- TC-A TC-B Spacing (Mode 7) Measurement cm INA INB Space between holes The tachometer measures and displays the space between two adjacent objects (in this case holes). With the prescaling function, the measurement can be converted at a preset scale. TC-S/W Rotary encoder Accumulate (Mode 8) Acuumulated value INA Proximity switch The tachometer totals individual pulse counts. It can be used also as a preset counter. With the prescaling function, the measurement can be converted at a preset scale. C-

172 TC Series Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- Merits Prescaling Preset a -digit value to determine the scale used to calculate values for display. To preset a scale, use the five small rotary switches on the rear panel. Measurement Prescale=Value to be displayed Set the scale in the form of "M 0-n" where M is a -digit integer and n is a number from 0 to 9. Use the leftmost switch to set the exponent n, and the other four switches to set the value of M. The prescale can range from 0-9 to =9999. Prescaling is not available on the TC-L model. Sampling This function is available only in Mode. The tachometer counts the cycle time of a rotating object. Using this value, it calculates the number of revolutions per minute. When an object rotates fast, one cycle period becomes too short to allow precise measurement. The tachometer samples a specified number of cycles and totals all cycle periods. From this total, it then calculates one cycle period. This averaging technique minimizes errors at high speeds. The times of sampling can be set to, 0 or 00. (Only can be selected on the TC-L model.) Dip switch Rotary switch M X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X Prescaled at Times of sampling: One cycle period Times of sampling: Ten cycles' period Times of sampling : TC- TC-A Decimal point Selection For the -digit display, you can select the location of the decimal point. Measurements are displayed to a precision specified by the decimal point. Hundred cycles' period No decimal point To the first digit after the decimal point To the second digit TC-B To the third digit TC-S/W List of Error Codes An error code is displayed to indicate an overflow, prescale error, or other error as shown on the right. Error code Name Description e0 e0 e0 e0 Overflow Underflow Prescale error Overfrequency Measurement has exceeded upper limit. Measurement is smaller than the value representable by the lowest digit. The integer part (M) is set to zero. Input frequency has exceeded 0 khz in Mode. Note: The errors E0, E0 and E0 are automatically cleared when the value returns to the allowable range. C-

173 TC Series Measurement modes The following description does not apply to TC- and TC-. Mode : Number of revolutions(rpm) The TC-L model does not have the input terminal IN B. The tachometer calculates the number of revolutions(rpm)by multiplying the inverse of the cycle period(t)of IN A by 0, and displays the result. When IN B turns, the tachometer stops measurement and retains the previous value. Display IN IN A B Previous measurement T T 0rpm T 0rpm Measurement range: 0 to 9999 rpm(at input rate= pulse/revolution, times of sampling=, and prescale=) Measurement is made for each cycle only if the cycle period is 00 ms or more. If not, the counter waits for at least one cycle before it restarts measurement. It displays the previous value if no pulse is entered for six seconds. Mode : Passing speed (m/min.) T T T 0rpm Retains T 0rpm The tachometer calculates the speed of an object by multiplying the inverse of the value T by 0. T is time elapsed after the sensor IN A turns until the sensor IN B turns. The speed is displayed in meters per minute if the distance between the two sensors is m. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers Display IN A Previous measurement T 0m/min T 0m/min T 0m/min TC-L IN B T T: 0 ms seconds. Ta: 0 ms interval between measurements Ta T Ta T TC- Mode : Cycle time (0 ms to 0 s) The tachometer calculates the cycle period (T) of IN A. It measures every other cycles ranging from 0 ms to 0 seconds. When IN B turns, the tachometer stops measurement and retains the current value. Display IN IN A B Previous measurement T Ta Ta: 0 ms interval between measurements Mode : Time lag (0 ms to 0 s) T T T Retains T T T Ta T T The tachometer measures the time elapsed after the sensor IN A turns until the sensor IN B turns. Allowable measurements range from 0 ms to 0 seconds. TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- Display Previous measurement T T IN A IN B T Ta T Ta: At least 0 ms interval between measurements C-7

174 TC Series Digital Tachometers Mode : Process time (0 ms to 0 s) The tachometer displays the time elapsed after the sensor IN A is activated. Allowable measurements range from 0 ms to 0 seconds. When IN B turns, the tachometer stops measurement and retains the current value. Display Previous measurement T T T TC-V IN IN A B T Ta T T TC-L TC- TC- Ta: At least 0 ms interval between measurements Mode : Length Response of IN A: 0k cps While IN B is, the tachometer counts the frequency of pulse pulse entered to IN A. The value is displayed when IN B turns off. It is reset to zero when a reset signal is entered. Display Previous count IN A T Count in progress Ta Count in progress T ms Ta 0ms IN B TC- TC- Reset Mode 7: Spacing Response of IN A: 0k cps When IN B turns, the tachometer counts the frequency of pulse entered to IN A since the last time IN B turned. The value is reset to zero when a reset signal is entered. Display Previous count 9 0 TC-A TC-B IN A IN B Reset Count in progress (at least 0 ms) Count in progress (at least 0 ms) TC-S/W Mode 8: Accumulate The tachometer totals and displays pulse counts entered to IN A. The count is suspended when IN B turns. The displayed value is reset to zero when a reset signal is entered. Response of IN A: 0k cps (0 cps on TC-S and W in One Shot mode) Display IN IN A B Count disable Reset C-8

175 TC- TC- Designated Display (-digit) Multi-function Input Timer This unit for designated revolution display is equipped with an input circuit that complies with all types of devices. In addition to pre-zeroed display with revolution suspension ( or s after revolution suspension), there is only a slight display drift produced by non-uniform revolution in order to display averages of measurement values in s. The device has functions for prescaling, sampling, and decimal point switching. Operation Example Operational input Display s s T T Tn T Tn measurement Pre-revolution values Computation n Tn 0 [rpm] The figure on the left is for pulse revolution where sampling= and prescaling=. When a cycle is more than s, measurement is with each pulse. When sampling=0 or 00 or when a cycle of 0 or 00 pulses is less than s, operation is the same as with sampling=, and cycles of pulses input in s are measured. In addition, cycles of 0 or 00 pulses are measured when a cycle of 0 or 00 pulses is more than s. Forced display of 0 is possible via reset input. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers General Specifications Mechanical and Performance Specifications TC-L Electrical Specifications Item Specification Item Specified voltage Specification AC00 0V 00 0V Measurement method Function Cycle period measurement Display only or compatible to various inputs TC- Permitted power fluctuation AC90 V 80 V Screen Red 7-segment LED -digit Character height. mm Specified frequency Power consumption Withstand voltage Insulation resistance 0 0Hz VA AC000 V minute between power source and external terminals DC00 V more than 0 M minute between power source and external terminals Measurement range Precision Operating mode rpm rpm (via dip switch switching) 0 ms 0 s count 0.0% (mode )/ 0. ms (modes and ) with switching modes (modes,,, and 8) with switching TC- Environmental Specifications Vibration resistance Impact resistance Item Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient humidity Durability No malfunction Durability No malfunction Noise resistance Protective structure Specification 0 0 (with no freezing) 0 70 (with no freezing) 90%RH (with no dewing) 0 Hz displacement amplitude 0.7 mm along three axes 0 Hz displacement amplitude 0. mm along three axes 00m s ms along three axes 00m s ms along three axes kv pulse amplitude s rise ns square-wave pulse Between power source terminals IP0 (front panel only) Conforming Detection Devices (typical examples) Sensor for voltage output ( V) General-purpose inverter (V) TTL (totem pole output V) Namur Output DC -wire proximity switch output Gear sensor AC tachogenerator Decimal place Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9 (M and n are integers) Sampling Voltage input Voltage input Namur Input DCW input Terminals Sensor power Power-on reset External dimensions Weight Accessory Magnetic detection input With switching function time, 0 times, and 00 times with switching (mode only) Rear panel screw terminals Conforming wiring 0..mm Conforming crimped contact JIS C 80. equivalent Permitted torque 0.N m DC V 0 V 0 ma (less than 0%p-p ripple noise) Time power supply is interrupted 0. s/reset time 0. s 9W 8H 0D (mm) Approx. 0 g Metal fittings for installation IN (Switching via dip switches) IN IN and IN are not used at the same time. When revolutions of an inverter motor are displayed digitally, the signal for use by an inverter frequency (tachometer) is connected to a TC-. However, this signal is not connected for analog signals (voltage or current). In addition, set the TC- to match the output circuit and signal level when pulse signals are produced. TC-A TC-B TC-S/W C-9

176 TC- Digital Tachometers Front/Rear Panel Explanation Terminals for connection and switches Dip switches (9-bit) for settings are located on the front and rear panels. Rotary switches Prescaling TC-V Terminal Dip switches (-bit) TC-L TC- TC- Setting Prescaling Prescaling is used to display values resulting when measurement values obtained are multiplied by fixed constants. Measurement values prescaling values=display values Prescaling values can be set as arbitrary -digit values from a minimum of 0-9 to a maximum of =9999. Notes:. The range of exponent settings (0-0 ) is When prescaling is not used, prescaling settings should be at 0-0 as shown below. Rotary switch turned by a screwdriver X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X At factory setup, prescaling values are set to =. TC Setting when prescaling is not used TC- Configure Rear Panel Dip switches Switching sampling ( time, 0 times, or 00 times) Switching the operating mode ( modes) Switching the measurement range Switching the decimal place Switching frequency TC-A At factory setup, all dip switches are set to. Switch Switching frequency TC-B TC-S/W Switches,, and Switching the decimal place Switch Switching the measurement range position 0 Hz common for IN and IN (low-speed) position 0 khz common for IN and IN (high-speed) Switch position Displays 0 s after suspending revolution rpm* position Displays 0 s after suspending revolution rpm* When P/R and prescaling= Switches and 7 Switching the operating mode ( modes) Switch Mode Mode Mode Mode C-0

177 TC- Switch 8 9 Switching sampling (effective only in mode ) 8 9 Configure Rear Panel Dip switches Switching the input mode for IN Input Specifications Terminal number IN IN R Marking Type Voltage input ( V) Voltage input ( V) Namur input Open collector input (DC -wire) Input for a magnetic detection device Gear sensor, AC tachogenerator, etc. Reset input (open collector) Responsiveness 0 Hz/ 0 khz switching 0 Hz/ 0 khz switching Switch Switch Switch Switch 8 9 time 0 times 00 times Measurement time s Regardless of the setting of this dip switch, measurement values will be for an average of s. Input mode Voltage input Voltage input Namur input Input resistance Specification Input voltage voltage voltage k 0 V 0 V k. 0 V 0. V. k k 0 k 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V with 0 Hz: more than 0. V p-p with 00 Hz: more than 0. V p-p with khz: more than V p-p with 0 khz: more than 0 V p-p 0 ms k 0 V 0 0 V Switching via side panel dip switches. Pulled up to V internally. When using IN, turn side panel Dip switches and. When the input frequency is more than 0 Hz, turn rear panel Dip switch (0 khz). Structure of the input circuit Input pulse amplitude NPN open collector input Voltage input : Using a voltage output type with the or V power source of a revolution detection device Voltage input : Using a voltage output type with the V power source of a revolution detection device Namur input: Using a Namur proximity switch NPN open collector input: Using the NPN open collector output of a revolution detection device Notes:. When a general-purpose inverter is displayed digitally, the connection terminal pulse output of a frequency meter or revolution meter is used, but these specifications may differ among different companies, so verify use with the inverter manufacturer.. When inputting with a relay, use the NPN open collector input mode.. When operating in modes,, or 8, use voltage input or. IN IN Low-speed 0 ms or more IN IN High-speed 0 ms or more 0 s or more 0 s or more Voltage inputs and Namur input Open collector input Input for a magnetic detection device Reset input TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L TC- TC- TC-A TC-B TC-S/W IN 0V k Internal circuit (photoisolate) IN 0V V.k Internal circuit (photoisolate) k IN 0V V k Internal circuit (photoisolate) k IN 0V 0k Internal circuit (photoisolate) RESET 0V V k Internal circuit C-

178 TC- Digital Tachometers TC-V Terminal Connection V IN IN R 0V IN: Voltage inputs and, Namur input, and open collector input IN: Gear sensor and AC tachogenerator Note: IN and IN cannot be used at the same time. AC00V AC00V Terminal number Marking Explanation 7 8 V IN IN R 0V Blank Blank Blank DC output for sensor supply Input Input Reset input Common for input and sensor power Not connected Not connected Not connected 9 0 AC00V AC00V Source input TC-L TC- TC- Wiring Examples Complying sensor Input mode Dip switch setting Connection diagram Voltage output type sensor (mainly the or V power supply of a detection device) Voltage output proximity switch or the like Ex.) APS-80A-T APS-0-T Voltage output type sensor (mainly the V power supply of a detection device) Voltage input Voltage input V V power source V power source AC0V V IN IN R 0V OUT V IN IN R 0V OUT 0V 0V TTL output encoder or the like TC- Inverter digital display Voltage input or In accordance with specifications for inverter pulse output Inverter V IN IN R 0V OUT (Connection terminals for a frequency meter) 0V TC- Namur output proximity switch Ex.) NJ0.8-.-N CJ-GK-N Namur input V IN IN R 0V TC-A The NJ type is during detection. DC -wire proximity switch Ex.) APS-GMC-Z APS-GK-Z NPN open collector input V IN IN R 0V TC-B TC-S/W NPN open collector type sensor or relay input Ex.) APS-GK-E/APS-F-E TRD-J -S/RZ Magnetic detection device NPN open collector input Input for a magnetic detection device V IN IN R 0V Power source OUT 0V An NPN open collector output type of proximity switch, rotary encoder, etc. V IN IN R 0V Gear sensor, AC tachogenerator, etc. Notes: When using a sensor power source (+ V), the consumption current of the connected sensor should be verified to be less than 0 ma. Connection is possible with all of the examples listed above. When using input (IN) for a magnetic detection device, turn all side dipswitches. Ex.) Gear sensor AC tachogenerator V IN IN R 0V C-

179 TC- External Dimensions 9 8 Panel thickness for installation 99 Boring Dimensions for Installation Bracket (attached) Detailed Diagram of the Terminal Block (in mm) TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L 7.. C-

180 TC- Designated Display Digital Tachometers TC-V This high-performance unit is for designated revolution display of multiple functions. The display is bright and easy to see thanks to a large LED with character height of. mm and luminous numerical display in red. The device has 8 modes to allow measurement of revolutions, speed, cycles, time differences, duration, length, intervals, and integration. The device has functions for prescaling, sampling, and decimal point switching. Display cycle When the impulse pulse cycle is within 0. s, the display data changes every 0. s. TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- General Specifications Electrical Specifications Item Specified voltage Permitted power fluctuation Specified frequency Power consumption Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Specification AC00 0V 00 0V AC90 V 80 V 0 0Hz VA AC000 V minute between power source and external terminals DC00 V more than 0 M minute between power source and external terminals Environmental Specifications Vibration resistance Impact resistance Item Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient humidity Durability No malfunction Durability No malfunction Noise resistance Protective structure Specification 0 0 (with no freezing) 0 70 (with no freezing) 90%RH (with no dewing) 0 Hz displacement amplitude 0.7 mm along three axes 0 Hz displacement amplitude 0. mm along three axes 00m s ms along three axes 00m s ms along three axes kv pulse amplitude s rise ns square-wave pulse Between power source terminals IP0 (front panel only) Front/Rear Panel Explanation Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Measurement method Function Screen Measurement range Specification Cycle period measurement Display only Red 7-segment LED -digit Character height. mm rpm 0 ms 0 s count Precision 0.0 mode / 0. ms modes and Operating mode 8 modes with switching Decimal place With switching function Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9 (M and n are integers) Sampling time, 0 times, and 00 times with switching (mode only) Rear panel screw terminals Terminals Conforming wiring 0.. mm Conforming crimped contact JIS C 80. equivalent Permitted torque 0.N m Sensor power DC V 0 V 0 ma (less than 0%p-p ripple noise) Power reset Time power supply is interrupted 0. s/reset time 0. s External dimensions 9W 8H 0D (mm) Weight Accessory Approx. 0 g Metal fittings for installation For details related to modes, refer to C-7. 8 modes Mode Revolutions rpm Mode Operating time s Mode Transit speed m/min. Mode Measure length Mode Cycles s Mode 7 Internal Mode Time difference s Mode 8 Prescaling counter Terminals for connection and groups of switches for settings are concentrated on the rear panel of the case. Dip switches (9-bit) Rotary switches Prescaling Terminal C-

181 TC- Setting Prescaling Prescaling is used to display values resulting when measurement values obtained are multiplied by fixed constants. Measurement values prescaling values = display values Prescaling values can be set as arbitrary -digit values from a minimum of 0-9 to a maximum of =9999. Notes:. The range of exponent settings (0 -n ) is When prescaling is not used, prescaling settings should be at 0-0 as shown below. Configure Rear Panel Dip switches Switch Switching the input frequency Switches,, and Switching the decimal place Switches,, and 7 Switching the operating mode (8 modes) Rotary switch turned by a screwdriver X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X Switching sampling ( time, 0 times, or 00 times measurement time: s) Switching the operating mode (8 modes) Switching the decimal place Switching frequency At factory setup, all dip switches are set to. position position Switch Switch Setting when prescaling is not used. 0 Hz common for IN A and IN B (low-speed) 0 khz common for IN A and IN B (high-speed) Mode At the factory setup, prescaling values are set to =. Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode 7 Mode 8 TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers Switches 8 and 9 Switching sampling (effective only in mode ) Switch 8 time 0 times 00 times Measurement time s When settings are effective for the TC-, the measurement time for sampling will be -s measurement. C-

182 TC- Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-A TC- TC- TC-L TC- TC- Input specifications Terminal number Marking Type Responsiveness Input resistance Specification Input voltage voltage voltage IN A Input 0 Hz/ 0 khz Input switching IN B k 0 V 0 0 V R Reset input 0 ms Terminal Connection V IN A IN B R 0V External Dimensions When the input frequency is more than 0 Hz, turn rear panel dip switch (0 khz). AC00V Panel thickness for installation Input pulse amplitude INA-INB Low-speed 0 ms or more 0 ms or more Structure of the input circuit AC00V IN A IN B R 0V V k INA-INB High-speed 0 s or more Internal circuit V IN A IN B R 0 V Blank Blank Blank AC00 V AC00 V AC0 V 0 s or more Terminal number Marking Explanation DC output for sensor supply Input Input Reset input (Display reset in modes, 7, and 8) Common for input and sensor power Not connected Not connected Not connected (in mm) 8 Source input TC-B 9 99 Bracket (attached) TC-S/W Boring Dimensions for Installation Detailed Diagram of the Terminal Block C-

183 TC-L-G/H Power-Saving Small Tachometers for Display Only On the 8 mm square panel, the tachometers displays revolution speeds. The input rate can be set to either one pulse or ten pulses per revolution. TC-L-G : AC0V(AC8 V 0/0Hz) TC-L-H : AC0V(AC80 0V 0/0Hz) General Specifications Electrical specifications Item Specification Rated voltage Rated frequency 0/0Hz TC-L-G : AC8 V TC-L-H : AC80 0V Power consumption VA Withstand voltage AC000V Min. (between power and external terminal) Insulaion Min. 0M DC00V resistance (between power and external terminal) Environment Item Specification Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 70 (with no freezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 90%RH(with no dewing) Vibration resistance Durable along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Shock resistance Durable for ms along three axes at 90 m/s (0 G) No error for ms along three axes at 98 m/s (0 G) Noise resistance kv s between power terminals Input Terminal number Signal Name Response IN Input Switches Left side 0 cps or k cps Specification Resistance Voltage k 0 V 0 0V Decimal point location Switch Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Measurement method Function Display interval Screen Measurement range Precision Available measurement Prescaling Times of sampling Installation Sensor power Power-on reset External dimensions Weight Cycle period measurement Display only Approx. 00 g Specification Every 0. second if input pulse cycle is 0. second or less. Otherwise, 0. second plus cycle period. Previous value is displayed for six seconds after the object stops revolution. 7-segment red LED for -digit display(character height: 8 mm) rpm digit Number of revolutions per minute (Mode only) or 0 pulses/revolution Socket B or F using optional DCV 0mA Shutdown period: 0. second Reset period: 0. second 8W 8H 9D Accessory Metal fitting * When prescale is. * The pulse rate per revolution can be set to either or 0. Measurement range Input pulse width Slow H L Fast H L 0ms or more 0 s or more B A A A Input pulse rate Switch at Position A pulse/revolution 0 pulse/revolution rpm ten fold 0ms or more 0 s or more Switch B A Input circuit Input pulse Used to select Count speed Decimal point location Decimal point location Input pulse rate A B +V Other input terminals k ma MAX V Position B one tenth 9999rpm Internal circuit Turns when input terminals are short-circuited with the 0 V terminal. at Position A at Position B kcps 0cps See the table below for the locations selected by different combinations of the swithes. pulse/revolution 0 pulses/revolution B B TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L TC- TC- TC-A TC-B TC-S/W C-7

184 TC-L Digital Tachometers TC-V Terminal Assignment View for Rear side T/N 7 8 Description 0V V(Sensor power) Not connected Input Not connected T/N 9 0 Not connected AC0V Description AC0V 0 V or 0 V depending on models Not connected for teminal No. TC-L TC- TC- TC- Wiring examples Proximity switch DC -wire type DC -wire type Compatible switches APS series switches having a code ending with E or N Example: APS-GK-E NJ series Models having a code ending withe E. Example: NJ-GM0-E DC-wire proximity switches are also connectable. External Dimensions Rotary encoder TRD-J -S rotary encoder with power consumption of less than 0 ma at V (in mm) 8 Boring dimensions for wall surface mounting 8 TC-S/W TC- TC-A Socket F(option) 0. or M 0 0. TC-B Socket B (option) 80. Bracket for flush mounting (attached) 8 Boring dimensions for flush mounting Specified sockets (options) For wall surface mounting using Socket F or DIN rails: KF-0 For flush mounting: KB C-8

185 TC- Display Only Tachometers with Flexible Input Circuit The display only tachometer features a special circuit to allow connection to any input device. Displayed value is reset to zero if no pulse is entered for one second. Revolution speed is calculated from the average cycle period of pulse entered during one second. This minimizes the effect of speed variations. Available options include prescaling, sampling and decimal point display. Operation Pulse input Display One second T T Tn Measure the periods T thorough Tn Calculate Previous value One second n Tn 0 [rpm] When pulse rate per revolution=, times of sampling=, and prescale=. When times of sampling=0 or 00, and 0 or 00 pulse period is shorter than one second. The above averaging is not performed if one cycle period exceeds one second, or if 0 or 00 pulse period is longer than one second. The displayed value can be reset to zero by input of an external signal. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L General Specifications Electrical Specification Item Specification Reted voltage AC90 V 80 V Rated frequency 0 0Hz Power consumption VA Withstand voltage AC 000 V for one minute between power and external terminal Insulation resistance Min. 0M DC00V (between power and external terminal) Environment Item Specification Ambient temp. 0 0 Storage temp. 70 (with no freezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 90 RH(with no dewing) Vibration resistance Durable along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Shock resistance Durable for ms along three axes at 90 ms (0 G) No error for ms along three axes at 98 ms (0 G) Noise resistance kv s between power terminals Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Specification Measurement method Cycle period measurement Function Display only, compatible to various inputs Screen 7-segment red LED for -digit display(character height:. mm) Measurement range rpm rpm Precision digit Available measurement Number of revolutions per minute(mode only) Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9 (where M and n are integers) Times of sampling,0 or 00 (Mode only) Installation Use screws and the terminal block on rear panel Sensor power DCV 0mA Power-on reset Shutdown period: 0. second Reset period: 0. second Output dimensions 9W 8H 0D (mm) Weight Approx. 0 g Accsessary Metal fiting Note: Averaging the pulse cycles per second minimizes variations of displayed value. TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- TC- Compatible sensors and switches to V DC output sensor V general purpose inverter TTL(V totem-pole output) DC -wire proximity switch Gear sensor AC tachometer generator Voltage input Voltage input DCW input Electromagnetic sensor IN (changed by dip switch) IN IN and IN cannot be used at the same time. To digitally display the speed of inverter motor, connect its pulse output to the TC- tachometer. Analog (voltage or current) signals cannot be used. The TC- circuit should be configured so as to accept the pulse to be counted. C-9

186 TC- Digital Tachometers Switches The terminals and switches are located on the rear and the side of the tachometer. Eight dip swiches (8-bit) Rotary switches for prescaling Rear Panel Side Panel prescale 78 TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- Prescaling This function allow you to multiply the measured value by any value within the range shown below. Measurement Prescale=Value to be displayed Set the scale in the form of "M 0-9 " where M is a -digit integer and n is a number from 0 to 9. Use the leftmost switch to set the exponent n, and the other four switches to set the value of M. The prescale can range from x0-9 to 9999x0-0 =9999. Notes:.The exponent (0 -n ) can be set in a range of to 9..If you do not use a prescale, set the value to ( 0-0 ) as follows: Prescaled at All the settings are 0 by the default. Terminal block Dip switch (-bit) Use screwdriver to turn the rotary switches X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X The setting when TC- TC-A Eight dip switches on the rear panel Times of sampling (, 0, or 00 times) Measurement range 7 8 Decimal point Input frequency Switch : Input frequency (Count speed) TC-B 0 cps (Low speed) for both IN A and IN B 0k cps (High speed) for both IN A and IN B TC-S/W Switches and : Decimal Point Switch Switch : Measurement range 0 to 9999rpm* Reset to zero when pulse input is suspended for second. 0 to 9999rpm* Reset to zero when pulse input is suspended for seconds. *When pulse rate per revolution=, and prescale= Switches and : Unassigned Switches 7 and 8: Time of Sampling Switch time 0 times 00 times C-0

187 TC- Dip switches on the side panel Input Specifications Terminal number IN Name Selected by dip switches IN RESET Dip switch for selecting IN input mode Function Voltage input ( V) Voltage input (V) Current input Current input Electromagnetic detector pulse input Reset input (open collector) Response Resistance 0cps or 0kcps 0cps or 0kcps Specifications Switch Switch Switch Input mode Voltage k 0 V 0V k 0.V. 0V.k k 0k 0 V 0V 0 V 0V 0ms k 0 V 0 0V Voltage ( V) 0cps: 0.Vp-p or more 00cps: 0.Vp-p or more kcps: Vp-p or more 0kcps: 0Vp-p or more Voltage (V) Input pulse width IN IN Low speed Current (Namur) 0 ms or more 0 ms or more IN IN High speed 0 s or more 0 s or more.pulled up to V by internal circuit. Current.Use the dip switch on the rear panel. Turn it to to select 0kcps. IN and IN cannot be used at the same time. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L Circuit configuration TC- Voltage inputs and Current input (Namur input) Current input Electromagnetic detector pulse input Reset input +V V V.k V k IN V TC- IN IN IN 0k R 0V k 0V Sensor Input circuit 0V Sensor Input circuit 0V 0V k TC-A Sensor Input circuit Terminal Assignment TC-B V IN A IN B R 0V AC00V Terminal number Name V IN IN Description DC sensor power Input Input TC-S/W AC00V R Reset input V Not used Not used Not used AC00V AC00V AC0V Common input: voltage and power Not connected Not connected Not connected ACpower C-

188 TC- Digital Tachometers Wiring Examples Proximity switch for voltage output ( V to V) Models: APS-80A-T APS-0-T Sensor Input Dip switches Connection Voltage input V or V power source V IN IN R 0V OUT 0V TC-V General inverter for voltage output(v) TTL for totem-pole output Voltage input V power source V IN IN R 0V TC-L TC- TC- Proximity switch for Namur output The NJ type is turned at detection time. Sensor for current output Open collector and DC -wire proximity switch Models: APS-GMC-Z APS-GK-Z Current input (Namur input) Current input OUT 0V V IN IN R 0V Brown Blue V IN IN R 0V TC- Sensor for NPN open collector output Can be connected to Namur or current input Models:APS-GK-E/APS-F-E TRD-J -S/RZ Namur input or Current input Power source V IN IN R 0V OUT 0V Notes: TC- TC-A When using the + V sensor power, confirm that the sensor consumes less than 0 ma. This power is applicable to all the models listed above. To use IN for electromagnetic detector, turn all the three switches on the side panel to the positions. Example Gear sensor, AC tachometer generator, etc. V IN IN R 0V External Dimensions (in mm) TC-B Thickness of panel TC-S/W Boring dimensions Bracket (attached) External dimensions of terminals block C-

189 TC- Display Only Tachometer The red LED screen clearly displays character of. mm in height. Eight modes are available for the following measurements: number of revolutions, speed, cycle time, time lag, process time, length, spacing, and total. Options include prescaling, sampling and decimal point display. Displayed value is updated every 0. second when input cycle period is 0. second or less. General Specifications Electrical specifications Item Specification Rated voltage AC90 V/80 V Rated frequency Power consumption 0/0Hz VA Withstand voltage AC 000 V for one minute between power and external terminal Insulation resistance Min.0M DC00V (between power and external terminal) Environmental specifications Item Specification Ambient temperature Storage temperature (with no feezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 90 RH(with no dewing) Vibration resistance Durable along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Shock resistance Durable for ms along three axes at 90 m/s (0 G) No error for ms along three axes at 98 m/s (0 G) Noise resistance kv s between power terminals Switches (rear panel) The terminals and switches are located on the rear of the tacometer. Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Measurement method Function Screen Measurement range Precision Available measurements Prescaling Times of sampling Installation Sensor power Power-on reset External dimensions Weight Accessary The following eight modes are available: Mode : Number of revolutions(rpm) Mode : Speed(meters/minute) Mode : Cycle time(seconds) Specification Cycle period based measurement Display only 7-segment red LED for -digit display (Character height:.mm) rpm, 0ms 0s, 9999 counts digit(mode ) or 0.ms (Modes to ) 8 modes M 0 -n = M n 9 (M and n are integers), 0 or 00 (Available only in Mode ) Use screws and the terminal block on rear panel DCV 0mA Shutdown period: 0. second/reset period: 0. second 9W 8H 0D (mm) Approx. 0 g Metal fitting Mode : Time lag(seconds) Mode : Process time(seconds) Mode : Length Mode 7: Spacing Mode 8: Prescale counter TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L TC- TC- TC-A TC-B Eight dip swithes (8-bit) Prescale Rotary swithes for prescaling TC-S/W Terminal block C-

190 7890 TC- Digital Tachometers Prescaling Preset a -digit value to determine the scale used to calculate values for display. Measurement Prescale=Value to be displayed 7890 Use screwdriver to turn the rotary switches TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- Set the scale in the form "M 0 -n " where M is a -digit X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X integer and n is a number from 0 to 9. Use the leftmost switch to set the exponent n, and the other four switches to set the value of M. The prescale can range from 0-9 to =9999. Notes:.The exponent (0 -n ) can be set in a range of 0 to 9..If you do not use a prescale, set the value to 0-0 as follows Eight dip switches on the rear panel 7 8 Switch : Input frequency (Count speed) Times of sampling (, 0, or 00 times) Operation mode selection (8 modes) Decimal point selection Input frequency The setting when not using a prescale 0cps for both IN A and IN B (Low speed) TC- 0kcps for both IN A and IN B (High speed) TC-A TC-B Switches and : Decimal Point Switch Switches, and : Measurement range TC-S/W Switch Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode 7 Mode 8 Switches 7 and 8: Times of Sampling Switch time 0 times 00 times C-

191 TC- Input specifications Terminal number Name IN A IN B R Function Input Input Reset input Response Resistance 0Hz/0kHz selection 0ms Terminal Assignment Specifications Not available in Modes to Voltage k 0 V 0 0V V IN A IN B R 0V Input pulse width INA INB low speed INA INB high speed H L 0ms or more 0ms or more 0 s or more 0 s or more Circuit configuration AC00V INA INB reset Input pulse +V Other input terminals k ma MAX. 0V Internal circuit Turns when input terminals are short-circuited with the 0 V terminal. Terminal number Name Description V IN A IN B DC sensor power Input Input TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L AC00V R Reset input 0V Common input: voltage and power 7 8 Not used Not used Not used Not connected Not connected Not connected TC- 9 AC00V 0 AC00V AC power AC0V TC- External Dimensions Digital switch (TC-S/W only) Dust prevention cover (TC-S/W only) Thickness of panel Multi-purpose connector (attached to TC-B only) (in mm) TC-A 8 Bracket (attached) TC-B Boring dimensions * TC-B only * TC-A/W only External dimensions of terminal block TC-S/W C-

192 TC-A Digital Tachometer with Analog Output Digital Tachometers TC-V In addition to the measurement modes of TC-, this tachometer provides analog output. Prescaling is nothing to do with analog output. Analog output is available only in Mode. A rotary encoder is required for slow pulse input. Displayed value is updated every 0. second when input cycle period is 0. second or less. Analog output value varies as the measured value does. TC-L TC- TC- TC- TC- Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Specification Measurement method Cycle period based measurement Function Analog output(available only in Mode ) Screen 7-segment red LED for -digit display(character height:.mm) Measurement range rpm, 0ms 0s, 9999 counts Precision digit(mode )or 0.ms(Modes to ) Available measurements 8 modes Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9(M and n are integers) Times of sampling, 0 or 00(Available only in Mode ) Installation Use screws and the terminal block on rear panel Sensor power DCV 0mA Power-on reset External dimensions 9W 8H 0D Weight Axxsessary Rear panel Shutdown period: 0. second/reset period: 0. second Approx. 0 g Metal fitting Eight dip switches (8-bit) Five rotary switches for prescaling For the General Specifications, see page C-. Analog output adjuster TC-A prescale TC-B Terminal block Analog output selector TC-S/W See page C- for how to operate these switches. Input Specifications Terminal number Specifications Name Function Voltage Response Resistance IN A Input 0Hz/0kHz IN B Input selection k 0 V 0 0V R Reset input 0ms Not available in analog mode Input pulse width INA INB low speed INA INB high speed H L 0ms 0ms or more or more Input circuit configuration +V INA INBOther reset input terminals k 0 s or more 0 s or more Internal circuit Input pulse ma MAX. 0V Turns when input terminals are short-circuited with the 0 V terminal. C-

193 TC-A Output specifications Output Output specifications Input frequency Voltage output Current output 0 00Hz 0V 0mA 0 khz 00 0kHz Selected by switches I/O characteristics 0 8 Switch 0Hz khz 0. 0V 0. 0V Load resistance: Min. k Switch 00Hz 0kHz 8 0 Input frequency khz 0. 0mA 0. 0mA Load resistance: Max. 00 Switches " " denotes Dip switches on the side panel (See below). Output characteristics Linearity % Ripple Max. 0mV Resonse time (90 ) Analog selector and output adjustor VR Located on the right side Use Switches to to select the maximum input frequency. The dial on the right is used to adjust output voltage and current. The adjustable range is. No adjustment is made before delivery. 0 00Hz. seconds 0 khz 0. seconds 00 0kHz TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers Analog output circuit TC-L Pulse encoder at 0 pulses/revolution IN A I/O separator A pulse encoder is required for speeds below 00 rpm. F/V convertor Current convertor 7 Voltage output Current output 0 0mA 8 Common R R 0 0V Common terminal 8 is separated from 0 V terminal. Note: Analog output uses frequency-voltage conversion. Use input frequency of at least 0 Hz. Lower frequency increase voltage or current ripple. At less than 00 rpm, an encoder is required for the input sensor. It should be rated at 0 pulse/revolution to obtain 0Hz at 0 rpm and 0k Hz at 0,000 rpm. TC- TC- Terminal Assignment V IN A IN B R 0V Current output Voltage output Analog output common AC00V AC00V Terminal number Name Description V IN A IN B R Sensor power Input Input Reset(Available in Modes, 7 and 8) TC-A TC-B 0V Common for input and sensor power Current output Current output Common analog output AC00V TC-S/W 0 AC00V AC power AC0V For the external dimensions, see page C-. C-7

194 TC-B Tachometer with Digital Output Digital Tachometers TC-B provides features of digital output (BCD) on the base unit of TC-. The TC-B gives the BCD output faster than displaying the value if input cycle period is 0. second or less. TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Specification Measurement method Cycle period based measurement Function Digital output(bcd digits) Screen 7-segment red LED for -digit display(character height:.mm) Measurement range rpm, 0ms 0s, 9999 count Precision degit(mode )or 0.ms(Modes to ) Available measurements 8 modes Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9 (M and n are integrers) Times of sampling, 0 or 00 (Available only in Mode ) Installation Use screws and the terminal block on rear panel Sensor power DCV 0mA Power-on reset Shutdown period: 0. second/reset period: 0. second External dimensions 9W 8H 0D Weight Accessary Approx. 0 g Metal fitting (card edge connection) 8 Modes For the General Specifications, see page C-. Mode : Number of revolutions (rpm) Mode : Speed (meters/minute) Mode : Cycle time (seconds) Mode : Time lag (seconds) Mode : Process time (seconds) Mode : Length Mode 7 : Spacing Mode 8 : Prescale counter TC- Switches (rear panel) Printed circuit board (card edge terminals) TC-A Eight dip switches 78 Prescale Five rotary swithes for prescaling Terminal block TC-B See page C- for how to operate these switches. TC-S/W Input terminals Terminal number Name INA INB R HOLD Function Input Input Reset input Hold input Card edge terminal 0 Response Resistance 0Hz/0kHz selection 0ms Specifications Voltage k 0 V 0 0V Input pulse width INA INB low speed INA INB high speed H L 0ms 0ms or more or more Input circuit configuration INA INB Reset and hold +V Other input terminals k 0 s or more Internal circuit 0 s or more Input pulse ma MAX. 0V Turns when input terminals are short-circuited with the 0 V terminal. C-8

195 TC-B Output specifications Output specifications Output type Operation Voltage Current Residual voltage Open collector Turns on when resultant value is "" Max. V Max. 0mA Max. V BCD and BUSY signals,,, 9 Max. 0 ma, Withstand voltage 0 V BCD output connection IN A Timing chart for BCD output with BUSY and HOLD signal. (example for Model ) Internal operation BCD output BUSY signal HOLD signal Shunt the common input terminal with the CH terminal to separate the terminal from the common output terminal. More than one TC-B tachometer can be connected to a programmable controller(pc). They can share BCD and BUSY terminals so the PC can be configured with 7 input terminals. A diode is required for each of BCD outputs and BUSY outputs. 0ms or less ms BCD value is not updated when HOLD signal is and BUSY signal is. Data can be updated as long as BUSY signal is. 0V CH TC-B TC-B st digit: th digit: 8 BUSY O C st digit: A B D A B PC Input BCD input BUSY input Select Select Output TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L 0V CH th digit: 8 BUSY O C D PC model: SU-B TC- Terminal Assignment V IN A IN B R 0V AC00V AC00V Terminal number Name Description V IN A IN B R DC sensor power Input Input Reset input TC- TC-A 0V Common input: voltage and power Not used Not connected 7 8 Not used Not used Not connected Not connected TC-B 9 AC00V 0 AC00V ACpower Card edge terminals AC0V TC-S/W -digit BCD values are generated through the card edge terminals as follows: Terminal name Signal B A Upper edge(b) Lower edge(a) Destination/function For the External Dimensions, see page C A B A B A B A B BUSY HOLD 0V O C CH C D C D C D C D BUSY HOLD 0V O C CH BUSY HOLD BUSY HOLD 0V 0V O C O C digit digit digit digit Output Input Common OUT CH CH Common swiching O C Card edge terminal is internally connected with Terminal on the internal board. Unused Unused Separating Terminal and OUT Terminal These terminals are internally connected. Short circuit the common input terminal with the CH terminal to separate the common input and common output. 0V OUT common CH Common input Common output C-9

196 TC-S Single Preset Tachometer /TC-W Dual Preset Tachometer Digital Tachometers The TC-S and TC-W has a comparator function on the basic unit of TC-. They are presettable (S for single and W for dual preset) and give output when the current value reaches the preset. TC-V On the TC-W models, two values can be preset and prescaled. Either OUT or OUT signal is generated when the count has reached the corresponding preset value. TC-S TC-W TC-L TC- TC- TC- TC- TC-A Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Specification Measurement method Cycle period based measurement Function TC-S: Single preset TC-W: Dual preset Screen 7-segment red LED for -digit display (Character height:.mm) Measurement range rpm, 0ms 0s, 9999 count Precision degit(mode ) or 0.ms(Modes to ) Available measurements 8 modes Prescaling M 0 -n = M n 9 (M and n are integers) Times of sampling, 0 or 00(Available only in Mode ) Installation Use screws and the terminal board on rear panel Sensor power DCV 0mA Power-on reset Shutdown period: 0. second/reset period: 0. second External dimensions 9W 8H 0D Weight Approx. 0 g Accessary Metal fitting, dustproof cover Rear panel and Side panel Eight dip switches (9-bit) Five rotary switches for prescaling For the General Specifications, see page C-. 8 Modes Mode : Number of revolutions (rpm) Mode : Speed (meters/minute) Mode : Cycle time (seconds) Mode : Time lag (seconds) Mode : Process time (seconds) Mode : Length Mode 7 : Spacing Mode 8 : Prescale counter Analog output adjustor (TC-W) prescale TC-B TC-S/W Terminal block See page C- for how to operate these switches. Dip switches on the rear panel Output mode Times of sampling Measurement mode Decimal point Input frequency Hold Compare or one shot See page C- for how to use these switches. C-0 Reset timer adjustor (TC-W) Located on the side panel, this dial adjusts the timer used for reset signal output. The timer starts when the power is turned on. Allowable time ranges from one second to ten seconds.

197 TC-S/ TC-W Input Specifications Terminal number Specifications Name Function Voltage Response Resistance IN A Input 0cps or IN B Input 0kcps k 0 V 0 0V R Reset input 0ms Output specifications Terminal number 7 Name OUT Function Contact output OUT Contact output Response Max. 0ms OUT is available only on TC-W. Terminal Assignment Not available in Modes to. Specifications Contact capacity 00,000 contacts at 0V A(resistance load) Input pulse width INA INB low speed INA INB high speed H L 0ms 0ms or more or more Input circuit configuration INA INB Reset +V Other input terminals k Input pulse Output circuit ma MAX. Relay output OUT 0V OUT Terminal number Name Description 0 s or more V IN A IN B 0 s or more Internal circuit Turns when input terminals are short-circuited with the 0 V terminal. 7 OUT OUT 8 COM Only OUT is available on TC-S. sensor power Input Input TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers TC-L R Reset input +V IN A IN B R 0V OUT OUT AC00V AC00V 7 8 0V OUT OUT Common output Common for input and sensor power (TC-W only) (both TC-S and TC-W) TC- 9 AC00V 0 AC00V AC power Timing charts Mode Modes to 7 Mode 8 Hold Display Preset Preset OUT OUT Reset Generated after a time set on the internal timer. Hold Display Preset Preset OUT OUT Reset Generated after a time set on the internal timer. Hold Display Preset Preset OUT OUT Reset See page C- for the external dimension of the counter. Compare Compare One shot Preset Preset OUT OUT Reset Preset Preset OUT OUT Reset Preset Preset Display The initial status is when powerd-on, it becomes after receiving a counting pulse. Display Display AC0V OUT OUT Reset Time of OUT 0 0ms In the Compare mode, OUT or OUT is generated when the display value has reached the preset value or. TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- C-

198 TC series Digital Tachometers Wiring Proximity switch V IN A IN B R 0V TC-V IN A Proximity switch V OUT 0V Brown (Red) Black (White) Blue (Black) AC00V TC-L TC- TC- IN B Proximity switch Rotary encoder V OUT 0V Brown (Red) Black (White) Blue (Black) V Reset IN A IN B R 0V TC- TC-S/W TC-B TC-A Applicable switches APS series: Models with an output code of N or E, Z Example: APS-F-E NJ, RJ, SJ series: Models with an output code of E. Example: NJ-GM0-E AC00V V Red OUT Green 0V Black TRD-J -S Shield TC- TRD-J -RZ C-

199 TC series Recommended application. Measuring speed between two points The tachometer can measure the speed of an moving object detected by two sensors. With the sensors positioned as shown below, the speed in meters per minute is calculated from their pulse counts and distance. INA INB m meters/minute Sensor TC- Step Select the model. Use TC- that displays speeds. Step Install sensors. TC- TC- TC-V Digital Tachometers Use photoelectric sensors for inputs to INA and INA. Step Set the dip switches. On the rear panel, set the dip switches as follows: TC-L Step Step Select a prescale Select "" by setting the rotary switches as follows (if the prescale has been changed from the initial value): X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X Configure the circuit. Switch Set to To select Set Input frequency Fast Input frequency O N Decimal point One digit after decimal point O(000.0) FF O N Operation mode Mode O FF 7 Number of O FF Times of sampling: 8 sampling O FF +V IN A IN B R 0V TC- TC-S/W TC-B TC-A TC- AC00V Photoelectric sensor IN A Photoelectric sensor IN B Reset(display reset) C-

200 TC series Digital Tachometers TC-V TC-L TC- TC- TC- TC- TC-A TC-B Recommended application. Controlling conveyor speed Based on the pulse input from the sensor, the tachometer calculates the number of revolutions of the axis shown below. Using the prescale, it converts the number to a speed then displays the value. It generates an alarm when the value exceeds upper or lower limit. Step Step Step Step Set the dip switches. Select a prescale. On the rear panel, set the dip switches as follows: Switch Set to To select Set Input frequency Low Input frequency (less than 0 pulses/revolution) Decimal point One digit after decimal point (000.0) Operation mode Mode 7 Sampling mode Times of sampling: 8 9 Output mode Compare Revolution rod Select the model. Use the TC-W dual preset tachometer to set upper and lower limits. Proximity sensor Install a sensor. Install a sensor so it detects the revolution of the pulley axis. Use an APS-F-E proximity switch. Calculate the circumference of the pulley axis in meters, then express the value in the form of "M 0-n". M is a -digit integer and n is a number of 0 to 9. For example, if the diameter of the pulley axis is 00 mm, its circumference in meters is: = 0.8 Using an exponent, the value is expressed as 8 0- because D D= =8/0000. To select this scale, set the rotary switches as follows: Step Configure the circuit = 8 = X X X0 -n X000 X00 X0 X V IN A IN B R 0V TC-S/W Proximity switch Red(Brown) White(Black) Black(Blue) Common AC00V APS-F-E OUT(upper limit) OUT(lower limit) For control output Reset(putput reset) Notes:. Keep unused terminals open.. The AC power should be turned on at the same time as the power for the conveyor motor. This allows the internal timer to disable pulse input until the conveyor reaches a specific speed. The timer can be set 0 to 0 seconds.. When the AC power is turned on earlier than the motor power, the tachometer generates an alarm indicating that the conveyor speed is below the lower limit. To prevent this, set the internal timer so the output is reset to some time after the AC power is turned on (See below). Step Adjust the reset timer. Set the timer so as to reset the tachometer when the conveyor has reached an operating speed. C-

201 DIGITAL TIMERS KT-V Series D- D-

202 KT-V Series Digital Timers Digital Timers KT-V A large display that is easy to read has been provided in a small DIN8 size. The large red LED is bright with a character height for display of mm, which allows it to be seen easily from a distance and at an angle. In addition, set values use a green LED to differentiate from timekeeping values. Setting of set values with individual setting keys has the feel of digital switches. Basic function settings are made with digital switches; detailed settings are selected with digit keys, so operation is easy. Merits Tamper proof Key protection can be set for individual keys to prevent a malfunction or tampering. Battery-less memory retention EEPROM is used to retain values in memory, so there is no need for battery maintenance. Removable terminals Maintenance has been reduced via terminals that can be removed. After wiring, the terminal cover provides a safe surface for worry-free use. Power source for a large-capacity sensor You can source the power for sensor from the built-in P/S VDC, 0mA. CE Mark Various uses with types of operating modes Settings can be made for ondelay, offdelay, one-shot, integration, and flicker. Display of Elapsed time/remaining time The time display can be selected to display elapsed time and remaining time. IP Protective structure The front cover panel uses sheet keys, so operation with wet or dirty hands can be done worry-free. A front cover is also provided as an option to enhance the protective structure. Designed in compliance with CE and UL Free power supply for the AC type The operating AC voltage is wide as 8VAC VAC. Various types of time ranges The device covers 0 types of time ranges with times of 0.00 s to 9999 hours. List of Models Model Number KT-VS KT-VS-C Number of digits Source Voltage AC DC Sensor Source Voltage DC V 0 ma (Accessories) Installation Frame Model number system KT-VS- C DC power Blank AC power S with output digits Series Name D-

203 KT-V General Specifications Item Source voltage Permitted power fluctuation Power consumption Sensor power Memory Backup upon Power Failure Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient humidity AC power AC00 0 V AC8 V Approx. VA DC V (0-8 V) 0 ma (less than 0%p-p ripple noise) EEPROM Writing Up to 00,000 times Memory Duration 0 years (with no freezing) 8 RH (with no dewing) Specification DC power DC V DC0. V Approx. W Digital Timers KT-V Withstand voltage Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Protective structure Weight Terminals AC kv minute AC kv for one minute (for AC input, 0 V, and relay interconnection) (for the DC type, 0 V and relay interconnection only) Durability Displacement amplitude 0. mm 0 Hz along three axes No malfunction Displacement amplitude 0. mm 0 Hz along three axes Durability 90 m/s along three axes No malfunction 98 m/s along three axes AC power between terminals. kv (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) DC power between terminals.0 kv (pulse width of s and rise time of ns) IP (front panel only) Approx. 0 g Approx. 0 g Conforming wiring Conforming crimped contact Permitted torque 0.. mm R.- 0. Nm Performance Specifications Item Category Operational format Number of digits Display Time range Display Timer precision Input Start input response External reset Output Output duration (flicker) Key protection Installation Specification Timer Ondelay, offdelay, one-shot, accumulation, and flicker (with alarm output) digits Display of timekeeping values: red LED, Character height mm, Set display: green LED, Character height: 7 mm 0.00 s s/0.0 s s/0. s s/ s 9999 s/ s 99 min 9 s/ min 9999 min / h 9999 h/ min 99 h 9 min/0. min min/0. h h Elapsed time/remaining time 0.0% or ms (using large values) Input logic: negative logic (no-load input)/ positive logic (voltage input) Input resistance: positive logic k Negative logic. k (AC power)/.8 k (DC power) Inpult voltage: "L" 0- V "H" 7-0 V Less than ms/ ms/ ms Min. signal amplitude ms DC output: NPN open collector output / V 00 ma Withstand pressure V Residual voltage less than. V Relay output: transformer relay AC0V A (resistance load) ms variable every 0 ms Setting of arbitrary keys possible Exclusively for embedding (terminal block connection) D-

204 KT-V Digital Timers Output Operation Chart Ondelay Alarm setting SW Offdelay SW Set values Remaining time Elapsed time Set values Remaining time Elapsed time Alarm values 0 Alarm values 0 KT-V Start Reset Relay output DC output Start Reset Relay output DC output One-shot SW Accumulation SW Set values Remaining time Elapsed time Set values Remaining time Elapsed time Alarm values 0 Alarm values 0 Start Reset Relay output DC output Start Reset Relay output DC output Power source Flicker (in Setup mode) Remaining time Elapsed time Set values Alarm values 0 Start Reset Relay output DC output t t t t Alarm settings When alarm settings are 0, DC output is the same as in output operations for relay output. Alarm settings should be smaller values than preset values. Performing alarm setting with values that exceed preset values will result in measurement values of 0; alarm output (DC output) will come. Output time of t is ms variable (00 ms at shipping time) D-

205 KT-V Terminal Wiring Diagrams KT-VS Sensor power DC V 0 ma DC output Start input IN 0V OUT 7 R Reset input KT-VS-C DC output OUT Start input IN 0V 7 R Reset input KT-V Digital Timers COM N.C. N.O. COM N.C. N.O. Relay output + Relay output AC00 0 V power DC V power Alarm output is used in combination with DC output (OUT terminal). I/O Circuit Diagrams AC power DC power Sensor power DC V Start input Internal V during negative logic input V.k 7k k N.C. COM N.O. OUT DCV Start input Internal V during negative logic input V.8k 7k k N.C. COM N.O. OUT V.k V.8k Reset input 7 k 7k Reset input 7 k 7k 0V 0V D-

206 KT-V Digital Timers Input Wiring Examples (Start input/reset input) Proximity switch with NPN open collector output Proximity switch with voltage output or PNP open collector output Input logic: Negative logic: (no-volt input) (neg) Input logic: Negative logic (voltage input) (pos) Brown Sensor source (DC V) Brown Sensor source (DC V) KT-V Start Black Start input Start Black Start input Reset Black 7 Reset input Reset Black 7 Reset input Blue 0 V Blue 0 V Recommended proximity switch: APS - -N E Recommended proximity switch: APS - -E DC -wire proximity switch Input logic: Negative logic (no-volt input) (neg) Switch or relay Input logic: Negative logic (no-volt input) (neg) Start input response: ms Input logic: Positive logic (voltage input) (pos) Start input response: ms Sensor source (DC V) Start Start input Start Start input Start Start input Reset 7 Reset input Reset 7 Reset input Reset 7 Reset input 0 V 0 V 0 V Recommended proximity switch: APS - -Z With the DC type, please supply source voltage above 0 V. Input current is heavy, so this connection is recommended. There is no DC power source. Use a separate external power source. Output Wiring Examples NPN open collector output Relay output OUT 0 Relay drive possible Load COM 8 Load power 0V N.C. 9 Load Load for specified DC V power source N.O. 0 Load D-

207 KT-V Front Panel Layout and Description Output (red) Operating mode Lit when output is. Blinks when alarm output is. Key protection (red) Operating mode Blinks when key protection is (only when the key is ). Setup Mode Displays key protection settings. RST key Operating mode Allows timekeeping values to be reset (0 for Elapsed time and set values for Remaining time). Setup mode Allows selection of set items. Key Operation OUT K/P TIMER h : m: s RST. Changing set values Press a digit key once to increase the corresponding digit by one: Timekeeping values (red) Operating mode Displays timekeeping values. Setup mode Displays setting parameters. Units Operating mode Displays units for timekeeping values. H: hours/m: minutes/ s: seconds Set values (green) Operating mode Displays set values. Setup mode Displays set items. Digit keys Operating mode Allows changes in set values. After changing set values, total key input is ineffective for about one second. Set values then take effect. Setup mode Allows selection of setting parameters. Time range Time/Set values Units h : m: s h : m: s h : m: s h : m: s h : m: s Example: When the current settings are Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to Press the key and the display changes to KT-V Digital Timers After removing your finder from the key, the settings will be verified after about one second. When the digit of the display is advanced to 0 (minutes) (seconds) (hours) (minutes). Resetting the timekeeping values Press the RST key to reset the timekeeping values. The count is reset within 0. second after the key is pressed. When the Reset key is pressed in the display mode for remaining time, values become set values. In the display mode for elapsed time, they become 0. OUT K/P TIMER h : m: s RST. Protecting the keys Turning the Dip switch disable the reset and digit keys. If disabled keys are pressed, the LED for the corresponding key will blink. If Key protection is selected to disable keys in Setup mode, Dip switch will come. As the factory setup, Key protection in Setup mode is completely disabled, so just turning Dip switch will disable all keys. D-7

208 KT-V Digital Timers Configure Dip switches Use the dip switch on the top of the counter to configure varions parameters and operation mode. Configure dip switches with power off. Operation with power up will have no effect. When dip switches are re-configured, you must press the Reset key in operating mode to reset the count values. Dipswitch At factory setup, all switches are. 7 8 KT-V Selection of the operating mode Selection of key protection Selection of display format Selection of the time range Selection of the output mode Output mode The output mode is selected with Dip switches and. Blink mode for items not present can be selected in Setup mode. Operation Ondelay SW SW Factory setup 7 8 Offdelay One-shot Accumulation Time range The time range is selected with Dip switches,, and. The time range for items not present can be selected in Setup mode. 7 8 Time range. s. s. s SW SW SW Factory setup s m s m h h m Display format The display format is selected with Dip switch. h: hours m: minutes s: seconds 7 8 Input mode Input for Addition or Subtraction Dual input SW Factory setup Key protection With Dips witch 7, [Do not protect keys] can be selected to take effect for keys set in Setup mode using [Protect keys]. Setting for keys to protect can be performed in Setup mode. When this switch is, re-supplying power will cause protection to take effect. As the factory setup, [Do not protect keys] is set. 7 8 Key protection Settings in Setup mode do not take effect Do SW7 Factory setup Operating mode The operating mode is selected with Dip switch Operating mode Run mode Setup mode Factory setup D-8

209 KT-V Setup Mode Settings that cannot be selected with dip switches can be set in Setup mode. Items that can be contiguned in Setup Mode () Start input response // ms () Input logic Positive or negative logic () Output mode Flicker mode, dip switch () Time range 0.0 m/0.0 h, dip switch () Output duration Duration of output in Blink mode can be set from ms (in 0-ms increments) () Alarm output Offset values can be set with respect to preset values. (7) Resetting key protection Setting to disable the reset key can be performed. (8) Protecting digit keys Setting to disable the arbitrary digit key can be performed.. Switching Between Setup mode and Run mode Run mode Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Setup mode. Setting Dip switch 8 to and turning on the power will start the Run mode.. Operations in Setup mode In Setup mode, the count can be initialized using the menu as follows: Represents factory setups. Start input response settings (int) RST Input logic settings (si g) RST Operational Example Setup mode Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays timekeeping values. Selects -ms input response. Selects -ms input response. Selects -ms input response. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays timekeeping values. pos Selects positive logic. neg Selects negative logic. * Press the Reset key to proceed. Changing preset values. Change the preset value from :00 to :0 Before changing Output mode settings (t-op) RST Time range settings (rang) RST Output duration settings (outt) Reset key protection (rpro) RST Alarm output settings (set ) RST RST Digit key protection (ppro) a RST Digit key Not used Used Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays timekeeping values. f Selects Flicker mode. di p Dip switch selection* Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection is with the digit key. Digit key: Displays timekeeping values m Selects 0.0 m h Selects 0.0 h. di p Dip switch selection* Press the Reset key to proceed. Output duration is set with the digit key. Digit key to set in increments of 0 ms will be rendered ineffective ( *00 ms). Timekeeping values for display 0.0 0s Digit key Can be changed from ms. Press the Reset key to proceed. Setting is with the digit key (*0 ) Timekeeping values for display Digit key Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. Digit key: for K/P display *Disabled Enabled Press the Reset key to proceed. Selection of disable or enable to set the Reset key is with the digit key. Digit key: for K/P display (*Disabled/enabled) (*Disabled/enabled) (*Disabled/enabled) (*Disabled/enabled) Press the Reset key to proceed to the final menu. K/P display Disabled with lamp on Enabled with lamp off In Flicker mode, items marked with an are skipped. After changing the default settings in Setup mode, press the RST key in Run mode and reset timekeeping values. Setting parameters are rendered effective by pressing the RST key and proceeding to the next step. Key protection settings are rendered effective with Dip switch 7 as well as an AND condition. To begin protection, turn Dip switch 7. Change complete KT-V Digital Timers TIMER TIMER TIMER TIMER OUT K/P h : m: s RST OUT K/P h : m: s RST OUT K/P h : m: s RST OUT K/P h : m: s RST Press Digit key nine times. Press Digit key three times. D-9

210 KT-V Digital Timers KT-V Washing Time Control After pressing the start switch, washing will be performed for the set time. Set item Output mode Time range Display format Key protection Details One-shot m s Remaining time Reset key Disabled S key The setting screen for Time range is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. The setting screen for Alarm output is displayed. OUT K/P These values are initial values. OUT. Setting Dip switches Operate Dip switches with the power off. Press the RST key to proceed. K/P Select Output mode and One-shot. The setting screen for Reset key protection is displayed. 7 8 Dip switch Dip switch These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P Select the time range in m s. Dip switch Dip switches and 7 8 The setting screen for Digit key protection is displayed. Press the key and key to permit key protection. OUT Press the RST key and the setting parameters will be written. K/P Select Key protection. 7 8 Dip switch 7. Switching to Setup mode Turn Dip switch 8 and then turn power.. Switching to Run mode Turn the power after completing setting in Setup mode and turn Dip switch 8 (Run mode); then turn power.. Starting Run mode Be sure to turn power after changing settings in Setup mode and press the RST key to reset count values.. Changing setting contents The setting screen for Start input response is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P The setting screen for Input logic is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P The setting screen for Output mode is displayed. These values are initial values. Press the RST key to proceed. OUT K/P D-0

211 KT-V Precautions Precautions for Use () With the DC power source, the 0-V terminal and the input common 0-V terminal are internally short-circuited. () Apply the rated voltage in one instant, not by gradually raising the voltage. () Always use negative input logic to set the DC -wire proximity switch. () During counting, changes to preset values will take effect about one second after key input of the change. In subtraction mode, key input takes effect when the count is reset valid preset value will be saved in the memory at loss of power. () It is recommended to use a sheet included in the package to keep the setups for the future maintenance. () Use in the following environments should be avoided: A location where the ambient temperature is above 0 or below 0. A location where the ambient humidity is above 8% or abrupt temperature changes may cause condensation. A location with dust, iron fillings, corrosive gasses, or the like. A location exposed to direct sunlight. A location with significant vibrations or impact. (7) When conducting testing of insulation withstand voltage, insulation resistance, or the like, detach the control circuit from the main body. (8) When power is interrupted, writing to the internal EEPROM will take place. The number of times EEPORM writing can be performed is less than 0000, so avoid use with frequent power source operation. Precautions for Wiring Keep the wires away from power line. With regard to use in locations where extensive noise is generated, keep the KCV counter and wires away from the noise source to the extent possible. Empty terminals are not to be used as relay terminals. For connection, use of crimped contacts is recommended. When wiring the and 7 terminals, do not install fork-shaped crimped contacts at an angle. Use a round crimped contact for angled installation. Fork-shaped crimped contacts For angled installation, connection with the contact is insufficient. Like in the illustration above, install the contact perpendicular to the horizontal. Round crimped contact KT-V Digital Timers Installation and Removal of the Main Body Installation Installation of the Terminal Block and Terminal Cover Insert the main body through the panel installation port. From the rear, mount the installation frame. Main body Terminal block Fixing screw Terminal block cover Installation frame: Can be installed vertically or horizontally. Removal Do not use a screw other than the one used to fix the terminal block during shipping. Maintain a permitted torque of 0. Nm. Install the terminal block after wiring is complete. Holding the tabs, spread them mm. While keeping the tabs spread, pull the device towards you. D-

212 KT-V Digital Timers KT-V Error Codes Common Errors Error Error type Error details e Options Preset/set values and Setup mode items Memory data error have changed. Corrective Action Press the Reset key to eliminate the error display. Measurement values and timekeeping values will be set to 0, preset and set values will be 000, and Setup mode contents will be set to the factory setups. Option Rubber packing Model Number KC-8P Details Prevents water from entering the control panel with installation between the installation panel and TC-V or KT-V. Front cover KC-8C Protects the front panel from dirt and the like. Material: Soft silicone rubber Key operation can be performed with the front cover as-is. External Dimensions (in mm) 8 Installation frame 00 (AC power source) 0 (DC power source) 8. Panel thickness 0 0 DC power source AC power source Depth mm 0 mm Detailed Diagram of the Terminal Block Terminal screw M Boring Dimensions for Installation. When the installation handle is horizontal Installation frame 70 or more. When the installation handle is vertical (Close installation possible) 9.. Square hole or more or more Complying wiring: 0.-. mm Complying crimped contact: R.- Permitted torque: 0. Nm D-

213 PROGRAMMABLE CAM SWITCHES List of KOYO Programmable Cam Swithes E- FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C E- FC-80-C/FC-0/FC-0 E- FC- E- E-

214 Programmable Cam Swithes Programmable Cam Switches List of KOYO Programmable Cam Swithes Model number Appearance Encoder Resolution (number of digits) Number of output points Response time Source voltage Sensor power Reference page FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-8F-C 9W 80H 0.D Absolute 0/ rpm/0 resolution 0rpm/70 resolution DC/V E- FC-80-C/0 /0 FC-0F-C Absolute 0/70 00rpm/0 resolution 800rpm/70 resolution (No dynamic CAM setting available) AC/V E- FC- 0W 90H 0.D FC-F-C Absolute 0/70 00rpm/0 resolution 800rpm/70 resolution (No dynamic CAM setting available) DC/V E- 0W 90H 0.D FC-80-C Absolute 0/ rpm/0 resolution 0rpm/70 resolution DC/V E- 0W 00H D FC-0 Absolute 0/70 00rpm/0 resolution 800rpm/70 resolution AC8 V Encoder power source V 70mA E- 0W 00H D FC-0 Absolute 0/70 00rpm/0 resolution 800rpm/70 resolution (No dynamic CAM setting available) AC8 V Encoder power source V 70mA E- 9W 00H D FC- Absolute 0// 70/0 00rpm/0 resolution AC00/ 00V Encoder power source V 70mA E- 0W H 80D E-

215 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C An embedded installation type, so confirmation can be done in a normal operating state with the control panel screen. Various functions are provided such as timing, irregularity detection, and a multi-purpose communication port. Programmable Cam Switches FC-80-C/0 /0 FC-8F-C F/F-C Merits FC- Easy operation Simple key operations with the operating panel installed. Setting changes are possible in Run mode Fine adjustment of the / position of output can be performed via adjustment mode without stopping the device. Independent setup The FC-F-C can register 8 types of programs and the FC- F-C can register 0. Any programs can be selected via switching bank input during setup. Multi-purpose communication port With use of the PLC and a PC, allows reading of operating commands from the PLC, changes in setting values, angles for the PLC, output state, and the like. Quick change to a tachometer after completion of adjustment Switching of the display for the angle/number of revolutions can be easily performed with the sheet key switches on the front panel. Pulse output setting function This determines the number of pulse per revolution. (divided output). Applicable in a broad variety of industries This series is best suited for timing control of individual types of injectors, packaging machines, applicators, bottling, etc., in the food product, packaging, and printing fields. Also provided as an wall-mounting type Wall-mounting types of the FC-80-C/FC-0 cam switches are also provided. Automatic timing function (FC-F-C/FC-F-C) When controlling timing with a cam switch for a machine so as to change the speed of revolution, the lag in work timing due to a delay in actuator operation becomes a problem. This function, an automatic timing function, corrects the lag in timing. This is done with quick output of only the angle portion calculated from the speed of revolution at the point when the angle corresponds to the lag time for actuator operation. Home position adjustment Any angle can be the home position (0) via methods, applying external home position input or key operation. This eliminates the troublesome adjustment of the home position. Setting angle Low-speed Mid-speed High-speed Advanced portion Advanced portion Angle setting is easy with the teaching function Cam output of On and Off angle settings is performed while the machine is operating. Users that found program settings for key operation to be a hassle will be able to enjoy setting with the teaching function. Uses Speed changes during start-stop A device with a speed that changes A device where speed adjustment is needed E-

216 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- General Specifications Item Source voltage Permitted power fluctuation Power consumption Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Ambient environment Vibration resistance Impact resistance Noise resistance Protective structure Dimensions (W/H/D) Weight FC-8F-C FC-F-C FC-F-C DC V DC0.8.V W 8W (with no freezing) 8%RH(with no dewing) No corrosive gas or the like Durability: displacement amplitude 0. mm 0- Hz directions Impact resistance Durability: 00 m/s directions.0 kv between power terminals. kv between power terminals Pulse width s/rise s/ square wave pulse IP: Rear panel sheet only (mm) (mm) 00g 0g (mm) 0g Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item FC-8F-C FC-F-C FC-F-C Number of input points Encoder input Start: Protect: Home position: Start: Bank entry: Protect: Home position: H 7.V() L 0 V() H 7. 0V() L 0 V() Resolution: 0 or 70 per revolution (output code: gray binary) Control input H 7. 0V() L 0 V() Output points 8 Output specifications NPN open collector Withstand voltage: Less than V/current less than 0. A Total number of output areas 8 Number of revolutions for response r/min(rpm) Output response time Source start time Number of banks Memory Resolution CW/CCW directional switching RUN output Display Home position adjustment Special functions Communication Timing function Accessories 00 at resolution of 0 0 at resolution of 70 Max. 0 Max. s s 00 at resolution of at resolution of 70 Start: Bank entry: Protect: Home position: 00 at resolution of at resolution of 70 Max. 0 s Max. 0 s 8 (Banks 0 7) EEPROM 0 or 70 per revolution (selected with a dip switch) Switching with a dip switch Normally on in Run/Adjustment mode (switched with a dip switch) Angle or rotation speed(selected with a dip switch) Home position as arbitrary position Protect, copy, pulse output, and communication Protect RS-C FC designated protocol 0 (Banks 0 9) None Present Present Metal fittings for installation E-

217 FC-8F-C Panel Layout and Description Front panel Angle/Speed of revolution Display status (indicates what is displayed) Setup status Programmable Cam Switches Output status Start input External home position Normal Operating keys FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 FC- /0 Mode Dip switch [Rear Panel] Encoder connector Terminal (cover attached) Wiring DC+ DC HOME I.C 7 ST PRO 0 O.C Fuse Output common Power source for cam switch DC/V power source External home position input Start input Load 0 7 Output Load power (less than V) Protection input (connected for protection). The external starting point input is connected for DC output with no chattering.. Output common (0.C), input common (.C), and power source-(dc-) terminals are short-circuited internally. E-

218 FC-F-C/FC-F-C Programmable Cam Switches Panel Layout and Description Front panel Display status (Indicates what is displayed) Angle/speed of revolution Setup status FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 Bank/FUN Operating keys FC- Start input External home position FC-F-C Normal FC-F-C has -point output display. Mode Dip switch [Rear Panel] Encoder connector Output connector Transmission connector Terminal block (with cover attached) E-

219 FC-F-C/FC-F-C Wiring DC+ DC ST B0 B B B HOME PRO I.C Programmable Cam Switches Power source for cam switch DC/V power source Start input 0 Bank input Input common Protection input (connected for protection) FC-8F-C F/F-C Connector Pin-out External home position. Bank input is for FC-F-C only.. The external starting point input is connected for DC output with no chattering.. Output common (0.C), input common (.C), and power source-(dc-) terminals are short-circuited internally. FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- FC-F-C Working range 0 7 O.C O.C O.C O.C FC-F-C Working range Load Fuse Load power (less than V) Connector for Connection (optional) Acceptable for use in rose-wire types and terminal unit types to effectively reduce wiring. Output Output Output Output Switching cam switch output/run output is possible only for. Only pin- can be selected for either CAM output or RUN output. Cam switch U- JT Terminal unit TF-D Cable connecting the cam switch and terminal unit TF-D FC-F-C FC-F-C U-0JH LC-0 LC-00 (-m cable) (-m cable) (0 P connector) Fujitsu Connector Cover Ltd. FCN-J00-AU FCN-0C00-J E-7

220 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C Programmable Cam Switches Initial Settings Initial settings Power Switch : Select the direction of rotation. CW: Angle increase when encoder shaft is rotated in CW direction. CCW: Angle increase when encoder shaft is rotated in CCW direction. Determine CW or CCW by facing the encoder shaft. FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 FC- /0 Setting dip switches Power Clear all output settings CCW 70 RUN CW 0 cam Setting for shipment from factory Switch : Select encoder resolution. 0: When using resolution of 0/revolution for the encoder 70: When using resolution of 70/revolution for the encoder Switch : Select when using RUN output. Cam: When using all output as cam output RUN: When using specified output as RUN output* Possible output for RUN output FC-8F-C: Output 7 FC-F-C: Output FC-F-C: Output RUN output is during normal operation when in Run/Adjustment mode; when an error occurs, it goes. Clear all output settings in setup or teaching mode. CLR ENT Clear home position adjustment Initial settings complete Clear home position adjustment in teaching mode. CLR HOME ENT Note) Each bank must be cleared. FC-F-C: Banks 0-7 FC-F-C: Banks 0-9 Setting Setups for output and setups, changes and clearance for teaching mode can be done. NG NG Adjustment Run Verify that output area settings/home position adjustment values are correct. OK Verity that output is appropriate. OK Adjustment mode Performs fine adjustment of output area settings in trial operation (When not needed, Run in Run mode). Run mode Runs the device. E-8

221 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C List of Operations Function Operating procedures Operating mode Setting Teaching Adjustment Run Programmable Cam Switches Selecting operating mode. MODE ENT key selects the Mode. Selection is in sequence from the current mode Setting Teaching Adjustment Run key enters into the selected mode. FC-8F-C F/F-C Selecting display SELECT key alternates the angle and rotational speed in the display. Selecting bank number BANK The bank number. Selecting output number Select the output number with the push of the OUT key or the OUT key. The lamp position for output display changes with each push of the key. Note FC-80-C/0 /0 Read-out of output area settings Clear output area settings After specifying the bank number and output number, the READ key or READ key is pushed. Alternates and angle. Clear an output area setting that has been read-out with operation of the CLR when output area to be erased has been read-out. ENT keys FC- 7 Clear all output area settings After selecting the bank number and output number, clear output area settings with operation of the CLR OUT (or OUT ( )) ENT keys. 8 Clear all output area settings within the specified bank After selecting the bank number, clear settings with operation of the CLR BANK ENT keys. However, home position adjustment settings are not cleared. Note 9 Clear all output area settings Clears settings with operation of the CLR ENT keys. However, home position adjustment settings are not cleared. 0 Writing output area settings Select the bank number* and output number. After displaying the angle to set with the or keys, written with the key ( angle and angle are set in sequence). Wrting output area Settings (teaching) Setting of home position adjustment Clear home position adjustment Change output area settings Select the bank number and output number. After turning the encoder, the position to set is halted and written with the key ( angle and angle are set in sequence). Set the bank number and stop rotating the encoder at the machinery starting point. The home position angle is selected with the HOME key. The home position becomes the written zero angle with the key. Set the bank number. Home position adjustment is erased with operation of the CLR HOME ENT keys and the encoder output angle is displayed as-is. Read-out values for the angle or angle to set. Push the key or key and values to change will be displayed. Then, press the key to write values that changed. Fine adjustment of the output area settings during operation (only effective when Start input is ) Read-out values for the angle or angle to set. The angle is increased via the key and decreased via the key. Changes are complete (fine adjustment) and output operations change at the same time. An means that the FC-8F-C does not have BANK, OUT, or READ keys. For setting operation of special functions, refer to the Operations Manual. Note) Corresponds only to FC-F-C/FC-F-C. E-9

222 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C Programmable Cam Switches Error Codes Error code E8 Details Rotary encoder connection error Explanation Rotary encoder resolution and cam switch resolution specifiecations do not match. Cause/Corrective Action Dip switch settings are incorrect. Verify rotary endocer resolution. Rotary enocder malfunction. FC-8F-C F/F-C E9 E0 E Rotary encoder code error Memory change error Output of a rotary encoder that is not present is detected. Rotary encoder code not continous. Contents of setting values (output, home position adjustment, or timing) have changed Rotary enocder malfunction (not connected). Cut or short of the connection cable for the rotary encoder. Affected by external noise. Affected by excessive noise. All clear and then re-input all settings. FC-80-C/0 /0 E0 Setting LED blinking Rotational speed error Setting value error Cam switch cannot repsond to the rotary endoeer rotational speed. Output area settings overlap. Ouput area settings are protected. Verfity rotational speed for the rotary encoder. Verfity rotary encoder resolution. Erase overlapping setting values or reset after changing. Verify protection input. FC- Bank Display A F Bank error Bank input for a bank thta is not present is specified. Verify bank input. Timing function for the FC-F-C/FC-F-C This function adnavces via setting of the output / angle in proportion with the encoder's rotational speed. Effective for correction of machinery system delays. Settings/Operation Enter setting mode. Push the FUN key and specify 0. Set the output number with OUT or OUT keys. Set the timing rotational speed with or keys. Write with the key. Set the timing rotational angle with or keys. Write with the key. Push the BANK key and return to setting mode. Timing operation (Timing at which output is advancing) Timing operation angle r 0 Timing angle r Timing rotational speed B A r Rotational speed r (rotational speed that the endoder is actiually turning at) Cam output B A r r Notes: angle should set to at degrees or more. With a short delay, any change in revolution speed is reflected to the angle for the selected output. Revolution speed is reset to zero if angle is not incremented for 70 ms. As shown in the following table, response speed and time depend on how many dynamic angle are set. Up to eight angles can be set for the outputs 0 to 7. Timing setting points Output response time (ouptuptu 0-) s Responserotational 0 resolution speed (revoltons/min.) 70 resoltion E-0

223 FC-8F-C/FC-F-C/FC-F-C External Dimensions 9 9. (in mm) Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C FC-8F-C F/F-C FC- 80 FC-80-C/0 / FC-F-C FC-F-C 90 Boring Dimensions for Installation FC-8F-C FC-F-C / FC-F-C Panel thickness 0.- mm R0. R0. E-

224 FC-80-C/FC-0/FC-0 Programmable Cam Switches With their convenience and efficiency, the camoperated switches improve your productivity. The small body allows easy installation and movement. FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 Merits Easy operation With simple key operation, you can set or check values on the digital display. FC- RUN time change You can reposition the switches during runtime. Easy setup All you need for setup is simply choose programmed procedures. Ten program banks are included in the FC-0, and eight banks in the FC-0 models. Dynamic CAM The FC-0 models provides eight dynamic CAMS witch automatically tune the / timing of the CAM switch. Switching timing is automatically controlled according to the actuator response and the cam rotation. Multi-purpose communication port Except FC-80-C, all models integrate a port for connection to a PC. Programs and data can be transferred to and from your desktop. On the FC-0 and 0 models, programs can be copied between two corresponding banks. Revolution status at a glance The circular window displays both the direction and the position of the revolving axis. Home position calibration The position and angle of the encoder is automatically adjusted. Applicable to DIN rails The switch can be installed on DIN standard rails, or fixed with screws. Battery-less The counter uses an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. The absolute encoders for sensor Three models of rotary encoders are available: TRD-NA, TRD- KL and TRD-K. The TRD-NA encoder is mm thick, with external diameter of 0 mm. Also available are TRD-K reinforced series and TRD-KL adaptive series. Precise positioning The absolute encoders provides higher precision and linearity than resolvers. They are fully compatible to one another to allow easy replacement. Quick response The switches respond to cam revolving as fast as,00 rpm, or 800 rpm at 70 resolution. Protection against errors You can prevent potential errors by short circuiting the protect terminal. E-

225 FC-80-C/0/0 General Specifications Item Source voltage Power consumption Ambient temperature Storage temperature Ambient/Storage humidity Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Vibration resistance Shock resistance FC-80-C FC-0 FC-0 DC0.8.V AC8 V W 0VA (with no freezing) 8%RH(with no dewing) N/A because no insulation is provided AC kv for one minute for each of AC input, I/O and frame interconnections between DC power and I/O terminals. 0M for one minute for each of AC input, I/O and frame interconnections Durable for along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitued No error along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Durable along three axes at 90 m/s(0 G) No error along three axes at 98 m/s (0 G) Noise resistance*.0kv between power terminals.kv between power terminals (square wave pulse with s width and ns rise time) Dimensions 0 00 mm 0 00 mm Weight Accessary 00g None 0g 9 00 mm 0g Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item FC-80-C FC-0 FC-0 Number of input points Start: Protect: Start: Bank entry: Protect: Start: Bank entry: Protect: Resolution Encoder voltage Control voltage Output type Withstand voltage Total number of output areas Number of revolutions for responser/min(rpm) Output reseponse Response to power input Number of banks Display Direction RUN output Home position calibration Memory Program storage Dynamic CAM Output pulse frequency 0 or 70 per revolution(selected by dip switch) H: 7.V() L: 0 V()(open collector withstand voltage: Min. V) H: 7. 0V() L: 0 V() 8 (8 points for Dynamic CAM) NPN open collector Withstand voltage: Max. V Current: Max. 0.A Residual voltage: Max..V Total CAMS for 8 outputs (If could be CAMS for output) 00 at 0 resolution 0 at 70 resolution Max. 0 Max. s s Total CAMS for outputs ( times per Bank) 00 at 0 resolution 800 at 70 resolution Total CAMS for outputs ( times per Bank) 00 at 0 resolution (without Dyna- 800 at 70 resolution mic CAM) Max. 0 s Max. 0 s (without Dynamic CAM) 8 (banks 0 to 7) 0 (banks 0 to 9) Angle or rotation speed (selected by dip switch) CW/CCW (selected by dip switch) Normally (selected by dip switch): TEST mode Any position can be selected as home. EEPROM SRAM memory card Outputs 0 to 7 only Any value allowable for currently selected resolution(one value for each output) Use dip swich to select CAM or RUN as current output. Memory card for FC-0, M-0F has discontinued its production. E-

226 FC-80-C Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C Front Panel Description and External Dimensions Output indicators: Indicate the currently selected output. Press the OUTPUT key to select the output number. Angle or revolution speed (RPM) display Mode indicators: Angle, RPM, /, Setup, Start, and Teaching Revolution direction and angle: 0 8 Angle is displayed in units of 0 degrees. (Unit: mm) FC-80-C/0 /0 00 Keys. Out form center DIN rail center FC- Dip switches Terminal block Mode switch: PRG, TEST or RUN Switch :Selects revolution direction. Switch : Select encoder resolution. Switch :Select angle or revolution speed. Rotary encoder connector Home position calibrator Wiring Diagram Bore dimensions for installation (0) 9 Two M screws DC+ DC PRO 0 ST I.C 7 O.C 89 (00) Cam switch power Source DC0.8.V Start input List of Error Codes 0 7 Common Output Load power source (Max. DCV) Load Output Protect input (activated when short circuited) Error code Description/Possible cause(s) Cause/Corrective Acfion E8 E9 E Value of LED blinking Rotary encoder connector error Resolution is different between the rotary encoder and the cam switch. Rotary encoder error or code discontinuity The rotary encoder has counted a false signal. The cam switch does not respond to the rotary encoder. The rotary encoder has generated non-sequential codes. Memory error Home position or other setting has been changes. The value is out of allowable range Same output has been selected more than once. Change the resolution of the rotary encoder or the cam switch. Check Dip switch to confirm the encoder resolution. Repair the rotary encoder. Eliminate the sources of noise. Check Dip switch to confirm the encoder resolution. Repair or re-connect the rotary encoder. Repair or re-connect the rotary encoder cables. Eliminate the sources of noise. Clear all settings then re-enter the correct values. Re-enter the correct value. Cancel the selection then re-select the output number. E-

227 FC-80-C Initializing Start Turn the power off. Set the dip switches. Turn the power on. Dip switches Switch : Revolution direction(viewed from the rotary encoder) Set the switch to to select CCW, or to select CW. Switch : Encoder resolution. Set the switch to to select 70, or to select 0. Switch : Angle or revolution speed(rpm) Set the switch to to select RPM, or to select angle. The settings are written to the memory. Dip swich Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C Select PRG mode or Teach mode. Select Teach mode Press the following keys to clear all settings. CLEAR Press the following keys to cancel the currently selected home position.. HOME Position CLEAR FC-80-C/0 /0 End Operating procedures Available modes FC- Step Procedure RUN TEST Teach PROG Selecting mode Using the Mode switch, select PRG, TEST or RUN. PRG TEST RUN Selecting PRG or Teach Press the MODE key to switch the mode between PRG and Teach. Selecting output Press the OUTPUT key to select the output number. Pressing the key once moves to the next output. Reading angle Select the output number then press the READ key. angle and angle are read out alternately. Clearing individual settings Select the output number for the settings to be cleard, and press the CLEAR key then the key. 7 Clearing all output selections Clearing all settings (except the home position) 8 Writing settings Press the following keys in the order listed: CLEAR This does not delete the Press the following keys in the order listed: CLEAR home positioning set up. Select the output number for settings to be written. Using the keys, select the angle and the angle. Press the key to write the angle, then press the key to write the angle. Writing all possible angles Select the "0" (or "0.0") degree, and press the key then the key. 9 Teaching the current settings Select the output number for settings to be written. Start the rotary encoder then stop it at the desired position. Press the key to write the angle, then press the key to write the angle. 0 Setting the home position Stop the rorary encoder at the desired home position, then press the key. Clearing the home position Press the CLEAR key then the key to clear the home position. Current angle displayed. Select the angle or angle to be changed. Using the keys, change the angle Changing settings selected. Press the key to write the new angle, or press the key to write Adjusting settings during operation the new angle. The / indicator turns on then turns off. Select the angle or angle to be adjusted. Using the keys, adjust the angle selected. The new value becomes effective upon adjustment, and is reflected to the current operation. The / indicator flashes during adjustment. E-

228 FC-0 Programmable Cam Switches Front Panel Description and External Dimensions Bank indicators: Indicates the currently selected bank. Press the BANK key to select the bank number. Angle or revolution speed (RPM) display Status indicators: Angle, RPM, /, Setup, Start, and Normal (in mm) FC-8F-C F/F-C 0 Revolution direction and angle: Angle is displayed in units of 0 degrees. 8 FC-80-C/0 /0 00 Communication port connector (RSC) Keys. Out form center DIN rail center FC- Terminal block Dip switches: Switch : Selects revolution direction. Switch : Select encoder resolution. Switch : Select angle or revolution speed. Switch : Select RUN or CAM. Mode indicators: PRG and Teach Mode selector: PRG, TEST or RUN Rotary encoder connector Output indicators: Indicate the output number and its / status selected by depressing OUTPUT key. Bore dimensions for installation (0) 9 Four M screws 89 (00) Wiring Diagram AC G B0 B I.C O.C AC ST B PRO 0 O.C 9 RUN Cam switch power source AC8 V START BANK Common input Outputs Outputs PROTECT (activated when short circuited) Common output (RUN) Load power source (Max. DCV) Load E-

229 FC-0 Front Panel Description and External Dimensions Bank indicators: Indicates the bank number selected by bank input/the bank number selected by BANK key/record, Replay or verify selected by + key. Angle or revolution speed(rpm) display: Indication of angle or revolution speed/dynamic CAM angle or revolution speed/record, Replay or Verify Status indicators: Angle, RPM, /, Setup, Start, and Normal Angle is displayed in units of 0 degrees. Revolution direction and angle: This window also displays the SAVE, COPY or COMPARE status. 9 8 (in mm) Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C 00 Communication port connector (RSC) Keys Terminal block. Center DIN rail center FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- Dip switches: Mode indicators: PRG/Teach/Dynamic CAM/Save Switch : Selects revolution direction. Switch : Select encoder resolution. Switch : Selects angle or revolution speed. Switch : Select RUN or CAM. Rotary encoder connector Mode selector: PRG, TEST or RUN Bore dimensions for installation (9) 8 Output indicators: Indicate the currently selected output. Press the OUTPUT key to select the output number. Four M screws 89 (00) Wiring Diagram AC G B0 B PRO 0 O.C O.C 7 9 RUN AC ST B B I.C O.C O.C Cam switch power source AC8 V START BANK Common input Output Common output Output PROTECT (activated when short circuited) Common output Outputs Common output (RUN) Outputs Common output Load power source (Max. DCV) Load E-7

230 FC-0/FC-0 Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C Initializing Start Turn the power off. Set the dip switches. Turn the power on. Switch : Revolution direction(viewed from the rotary encoder) Set the switch to to select CCW, or to select CW. Switch : Encoder resolution. Set the switch to to select 70, or to select 0. Switch : Angle or revolution speed(rpm) Set the switch to to select RPM, or to select angle. Switch : RUN or CAM Set the switch to to select RUN, or to select CAM. The settings are written to the memory. Dip switch FC-80-C/0 /0 Select PRG mode or Teach mode. Select Teach mode. Press the following keys to clear all settings. CLEAR Press the following keys to cancel the home position for the currently selected bank. (FC-0: Banks 0 to 7 FC-0: Banks 0 to 9) Home position CLEAR FC- End Operating procedures Available modes Step Procedure Selecting mode Using the Mode switch, select MODE, TEST or RUN Selecting PRG or Teach Press the MODE key to switch the mode in the following sequence: PRG Selecting bank Press the BANK key to select the bank number. Reading angle TEACH D.CAM MODE TEST RUN SAVE Press the OUTPUT key to select the output number. Pressing the key once moves to the next output. Model FC-0 FC-0 (FC-0 LY) (FC-0 LY) FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 TEACH PRG RUN TEST SAVE ANGLE Clearing individual settings Select the output number then press the READ key. angle and frequency are read out alternately. Select the output number for the settings to be cleared, and press the CLEAR key then the key. FC-0 FC-0 Clearing all output selections Press the following keys in the order listed: CLEAR FC-0 FC Clearing individual bank setting Clearing all settings for selected bank Clearing all settings (except the home position) Select the bank number and output number, then preess the following keys in the order listed: Preess the following keys in the order listed: CLEAR Preess the following keys in the order listed: CLEAR CLEAR OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT Select the bank number and the output number. Using the keys, select the FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 angle and the angle. Press the then press the key to write the angle. key to write the angle, FC-0 0 Writing settings Writing angle and pulse frequency Select the bank number and the output number. Using the keys, select the angle. Press the key to write the angle. Using the keys, select the pulse frequency. Press the key to write the frequency. FC-0 E-8

231 FC-0/FC-0 Step Teaching the current settings Setting the home position Clearing the home position Changing settings Procedure Select the bank number and input number. Start the rotary encoder then stop it at the desired position. Press the key to write the angle, then press the key to write the angle. Stop the rotary encoder at the desired home position, then press the HOME key. Select the bank number then preess the following keys in the order listed: HOME CLEAR Current angle is displayed. Select the angle or angle to be changed. Using the key, chang the angle selected. Press the key to write the new angle, or press the key to write the new angle. The / indicator turns on then turns off. Model FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 FC-0 Adjusting settings Select angle angle to be adjusted. Using keys, adjust the angle selected. FC-0 during operation The new value becomes effective upon adjustment, and is reflected the current operation. FC-0 Select the bank number and the output number then press the READ key. Dynamic Reading dynamic CAM FC-0 CAM angle and revolution speed are read out altemately. Available modes TEACH PRG RUN TEST SAVE ANGLE Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- 7 Writing dynamic CAM angle Select the bank number and the output number. Using the keys, select the control angle and revolution speed. Press the key to write the settings. FC-0 8 Clearing dynamic CAM angle Select the bank number and the output number, and prees the CLEAR key then the key. Both the dynamic CAM angle and the revolution speed are set to zero. Dynamic CAM angle is cleared also by the CLEAR procedures,8 and 9. FC Transferring data between memories Select the COPY mode. Select SAVE, LOAD or COPY. Using the communication port, connect two FC-0(or FC-0) units. Press the CLEAR key then the MODE key." " is diplayed on the circular window. Press the key again to proceed. FC-0 Using the Press the key, select one of the following operations. Operation Bank indicator Circular window SAVE: Saving data from the current unit. fc-e e-fc -fcf l key again to proceed. c0py LOAD: Restoring data to the current unit. COPY: Copying data between two banks of the current unit. Select source and destination banks. Press the BANK key to display all banks. Using the key, select the source and the destination. "" or "" flashes on the circular window to indicate source or destination as follows: SAVE LOAD COPY Angle/revolution speed display Source Destination Destination Source Source Destination Press the key again to execute the selected operation. FC-0 E-9

232 FC-0/FC-0 Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C List of Error Codes Error code Description Description/Possible cause(s) Cause/Corrective Action Note E8 E9 E0 E Rotary encoder connector error Rotary encode error Code discontinuity Memory error Resolution is different between the rotary encoder and the cam switch Change the resolution of the rotary encoder or the cam switch. Verify the dip switch to confirm the encoder resolution. Repair the rotary encoder. The rotary encoder has counted a false signal. Repair or re-connect the rotary encoder. Repair or re-connect the rotary encoder cables. The rotary encoder has generated nonsequential Eliminate source of noise codes. Home position or other setting has been changed. Eliminate sources of noise. Clear all settings then re-enter the correct values. FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- E0 E70 E90 99 Revolution speed error Communication error The cam switch does not respond to the rotary encoder. Communication failed. E80 89 COPY operation failed. Value of LED flashing One of the bank codes Bank error Same bank has been selected more than once. A to flashing Selected bank does not exist. Verify the mode and data for errors. Verify that the PROTECT terminal is connected. Check the communication cable, and repair if necessary. Eliminate sources of noise. Value error The flashing values is out of allowable range Re-enter the correct value. Cancel the selection then re-select the bank number. Dynamic CAM Angle and Speed (specific to FC-0) () Setting the dynamic CAM angle Follow the procedure "7. Writing dynamic CAM angle" described earlier. Dynamic CAM angle determines the and angles in relation to current revolution speed. Dynamic CAM speed is used for setting the dynamic CAM angle, and specified in 0 rpm. () Relation of Dynamic Angle and Speed r Dynamic speed Notes: r (where r is the current revolution speed.) Dynamic angle angle should be set to at least degrees. With a short delay, CAM signal any change in revolution speed is reflected to the angle for the r B B point selected output. Revolution speed is reset to zero if angle is not incremented for 70 ms. As shown in the following table, response speed and time A A point depend on how many dynamic angles are set. Up to eight angles can be set for the outputs 0 to 7. O Revolution speed r r r Angle incremented Number of settings Response time ( s) Response speed (rpm) At 0 resolution At 70 resolution Blank paper Roller Master Printed paper Recommended application. An FC cam switch is used to control the angle of the rotary press. When mounting the master, use the clamp as the reference position.. A rotary encoder is used to control color densities and to position the the drive shaft of the rotary press. It can be positioned to the precision of.00 mm in horizontal direction. The system helps minimize adjustments. Absolute rotary encoder Motor Other applications include control and management of conveyors, multilayered parking lots, and manufacturing processes. E-0

233 TRD KOYO Rotary Encoders These absolute encoders are ideal for angle control. Combined with the FC series cam switches, they improve precision and efficiency. TRD-NA0NWF TRD-NA70NWF Small encoders with diameter of 0 mm Oil seal PCD0 0 Three M tap screws ( mm log) Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC Surface of installation. 7 mm or less TRD-K0-YC TRD-K70-YC Robust encoders 90 Four M screws (Diameter: 0.7, Length: ) MAX PCD Servo mounting is available. TRD-KL0-YC TRD-KL70-YC Adaptive to all environments 90 PCD Four M screws (Diameter: 0.7, Length: ) (7) Terminal connection Servo mounting is available. (7.7) FC-80-C/FC-0/FC-0 FC-8F-C (Rear face) FC-F-C/FC-F-C (Rear face) Unlock Lock Ring Pin Assignment of Connector GND Viewed from the cam switch Pin Bit location and value Pin Bit location and value No No V 8 bit( ) bit( ) V 9 bit7( ) bit( ) bit( ) Not connected 0 bit8( ) bit7( ) bit( ) bit( ) bit9( ) bit8( ) bit( ) bit( ) bit0( ) bit9( ) bit( ) bit( ) Not connected 7 bit( ) bit( ) Note: 70 and 0 indicate resolution. E-

234 FC-80-C/0/0 Programmable Cam Switches Connectors for the rotary encoders Absolute rotary encoder Connector and cable Model Appearance Appearance Cable length Model Note FC-8F-C F/F-C Models with standard connectors TRD-NA NWF TRD-NA NWFM With connectors for FC connection m m FC-80-C/0 FC- /0 Models with relays and connectors TRD-NA NWE (NPN) Models with built-in connectors TRD-K -YC m m m 0m F-0GF F-0GF F-00GF 0/70 resolution m F-0ANC 0 m F-0ANC resolution m m F-0BNC F-0BNC 70 resolution Models with built-in connectors TRD-KL -YC m m m m F-0ANCA F-0ANCA F-0BNCA F-0BNCA 0 resolution 70 resolution E-

235 MEMO FC- FC-80-C/0 /0 FC-8F-C F/F-C Programmable Cam Switches E-

236 FC- Programmable Cam Switches Using an absolute encoder, these switches can turn twenty four devices on and off at specified angles. Merits FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 Easy to operate programmer Using the E-PJ cable, the FC-0P programming unit allows both local and remote operations. Up to ten banks for program storage FC- Bank 0 for program 0 Bank for program Bank 9 for program 9 Resolution Times of programmed switching 0 80/device /device 70 0/device 0 /device Angles can be controlled to a precision of one degree. Resolution can be set to 0,, 70 or,0. Battery-less The switches use an EEPROM to eliminate the use of cells. Dynamic programming You can re-program procedures during runtime. Tape storage The FC-models support tapes for storage of programs. Home position calibration The position and angle of the encoder is automatically adjusted. Write-protected programs You can protect your programs from writing, modification and removal. Teach option During setup, you can customize your programs according to your needs. Self diagnosis During operation, any errors are reported with displayed codes. E-

237 FC- Front Panel Layout and Description Position display or angle, home position, selected key or mode (PRG, TEST or RUN mode) Angle after home position calibration(test or RUN mode) Revolution speed (TEST or RUN mode) Bank display Bank selected by BANK key(prg or RUN mode) Bank selected by BANK SELECT signal(test or RUN mode) th digit of position value Output status display Cam numbers and status (PRG, TEST or RUN mode) Output status after angle input (TEST or RUN mode) Use SHF key to switch cams between to and 7 to. Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- FC-0P Programmer / RUN : Lights when angle is displayed. Flashes when angle is displayed. : Lights in TEST or RUN mode. Decimal point key Ten keys SHF : Flashes when SHF key is pressed. POWER : Lights when power is on. CPU : Lights when an error occurred on CPU. BNK key: Selects a bank in PRG or run mode. key: key: key: Increments angle by one degree in TEST mode. Increments angle by one degree during output status display in all modes. Decrements angle by one degree in TEST mode. Decrements angle by one degree during output status display in all modes. Displays / angle in PRG, TEST or RUN mode. OUT key: Selects a cam in PRG, TEST or RUN mode. key: Executes a program. REF key: Reads angle in PRG, TEST or RUN mode. C key: Clears a setting, error, cam selection, or previous operation in PRG mode, or clears readout value in TEST or RUN mode. TCH key: Reads home position in PRG, TEST or RUN mode. Select Teach option in PRG mode. SHF SAVE : Saves program in PRG mode. SHF key: Selects a cam range, or selects a specific operation in combination with another key. SHF LOAD : Restores program in PRG mode. F key: Selects a function specific to FC-. SHF VERIFY : Checks program with tape. E-

238 FC- Programmable Cam Switches Output status display Cam numbers and status (PRG, TEST or RUN mode) Output status after angle input(test or RUN mode) FC-8F-C F/F-C START BANK 0V CAM FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- Lights in RUN mode Lights when an error occurred on CPU Lights when power is on Programmer connector CAM 0V G AC power CAM or RUN AM or BANK Bank display Bank selected by BANK key (PRG mode) Bank selected by BANK SELECT signal (TEST or RUN mode) Position or revolution speed display / angle, home position or key status (PRG mode) Angle after home position calibration (TEST or RUN mode) Revolution speed (TEST or RUN mode) Dip switches CW FC- CCW Switch number 7 8 Select Direction Resolution Resolution Number of output points CAM Write protect Allowable range at 70 resolution Reserved Position CCW 0/revolution 70 0/revolution RUN Enable 0 9. CW 0 70/revolution 0 /revolution CAM Diable 0 79 CW means the current value increases when the switch turns clockwise, viewed from the encoder axis and CCW means the current value increases when the switch turns counter clockwise, viewed from the encoder axis. E-

239 FC- General Specifications Items Specification FC- : AC90 0V 80 0V 0/0Hz Source voltage FC--: AC9 V 9 V 0/0Hz Power consumption 0VA Ambient temperature 0 0 Storage temperature 0 70 (with no freezing) Ambient/Storage humidity 8 RH (with no dewing) Withstand voltage AC kv min. Each of AC input, I/O and Insulation resistance Min. 0M DC00V frame interconnections Vibration resistance Durable for along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude No error along three axes at 0 to Hz with 0. mm amplitude Shock resistance Durable along three axes at 98 m/s (0 G) Noise resistance kv between power terminals(square wave pulsa with s width, ns rise time, positive/negative polarity, source synchronization and 0 to 0 phase) Weight kg Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- Storage tape interface Item Specification Baud rate 80 Modulation FSK "" : khz "0" : khz Head/ End Mark khz File numbers 0 to 999 arbitrarily Note: Use data recorder designed for personal computers. Music tape recorder are not recommended. E-7

240 FC- Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 Mechanical and Performance Specifications Item Number of input points Encoder inut Resolution Number of output points Output type RUN RUN: BANK: Specification FC- 0-bit Gray binary codes Use connector specific to the encoder. 0,, 70 or,0 per revolution (selected by dip switch) or (selected by dip switch) Photo-isolated transistor open collector Voltage: 0V 0.A (outputs ) Normally in TEST or RUN mode May be switched to CAM by dip switch. FC- Times of / switching Response revolution speed Number of banks/programs Max. 80 at 0 resolution at resolution 0 at 70 resolution at,0 resolution - interval resolution 0 00rpm 00rpm 00rpm resolution 0rpm 80rpm 80rpm resolution rpm 00rpm 00rpm resolution 0 0rpm 80rpm 0rpm Number of banks Resolution Number of outputs Direction CW or CCW(viewed from encoder)(selected by dip switch) Write-protect Home position Program memory Output status display Bank status display Position display or (selected by dip switch) Select to disable write, modification and removal. 0 9 at 0 resolution 0 at resolution 0 79 at 70 resolution 0 0 at 0 resolution EEPROM Programmer panel: Red LED for outputs (from to or 7 to ) Main panel: Red LED (for outputs) Programmer panel: Red LED for -digit numbers with height of 8 mm Main panel: Red LED for -digit numbers with height of 8 mm Programmer panel: Red LED for - or -digit numbers with height of 8 mm Main panel: Red LED for -digit numbers with height of 8 mm E-8

241 FC- FC- I/O Circuits BANK CAM outputs START DCV Programmable Cam Switches L L L L L L L L L L L L Terminal number V Specified connector FC-8F-C F/F-C C(C) C C C 0 k 00 Load current: 0.A Withstand voltage 0V. Load current: 0.A Withstand voltage 0V FC-80-C/0 /0 C Absolute encoder C C C0 C9 C8 C k 0V V 0V 0V 0V Same as the circuit on the left 0V 0V 0V V V FC- Encoder connector C C Shield C C C C C C C7 C8 C9 C0.7k 0V Terminal number. Load current: 0.A Withstand voltage 0V L L L L L L L L L L L L. C C C C C C DCV G COM (Viewed from the FC- cam switch) CAM outputs DCV AC power source BANK Terminal Assignment Input Specification No. Name Function Description 0V Negative common Terminal common to negative I/O START START input Disables all CAM outputs when turned off (except in RUN mode) BANK BANK BANK SELECT Selects a bank. BANK input OUT CAM outputs Turn corresponding outputs on or off according to current settings. NPN open collector output: DCV 0.A 7 OUT Withstand voltage: Max. 0V 8 OUT BANK CAM/BANK switch Selects BANK when resolution is 0 and number of outputs is. Otherwise, selects CAM. No. Name Function C C0 0 8 Encoder input START START input BANK BANK BANK input BANK BANK START input Input voltage ma Max. 0.mA Max. V ma ma Max. ma Max. ma Max. V Max. V Min. 0V Min. 8V Min. 8V 9 OUT RUN 0 0V Negative common Terminal common to negative I/O G GND Grounds chassis or transformer shielded cable. COM CAM/RUN switch 00V 00V OUT can be switched to CAM or RUN AC power source Encoder power source No. Name Function Output voltage tolerance Output capacity C C V Encoder power source DC0.8.V Max. 70mA E-9

242 FC- Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 FC- I/O signals ENCODER "L" active ENCODER signal is used to control the absolute encoder and the cam switch. To enter this signal, connect the encoder connector to the cam switch connector. Using Dip switches and, set the resolution to 0,, 70 or,0. This resolution determines the number of banks. For details, refer to the description of the BANK SELECT signal. FC- Dip switches Resolution Dip switch Dip switch BANK SELECT "L" active BANK SELECT signals are used to select a bank (i.e. program). Banks are selected as shown in Tables A below. Tables B show the number of available banks in relation to resolution and the number of outputs. FC- BANK SELECT signal Number of banks Resolution Number of banks Table B 9 Table A BANK SELECT Applicable models of absolute encoders TRD-K -YCS (Resolution: 0,, 70 or,0) TRD-K -YPS (Resolution: 0,, 70 or,0) TRD-K -YC (Resolution: 0,, 70 or,0) TRD-KL -YC (Resolution: 0,, 70 or,0) TRD-NA NW (Resolution: 0,, 70 or,0) BANK is used as an output terminal when the number of outputs is. As shown below, a bank should be selected before the START signal is turned on. START BANKS SELECT 0ms MIN. START "L" active The START signal controls the CAM output signals according to programmed instructions. All CAM outputs are turned off when the START signal turns to the HIGH level. Run input CAM output 00ms MAX. 0ms MAX. E-0

243 FC- CAM "L" active CAM signal turns on or off according to programmed angle. Using Dip switch or, set the number of outputs to or. FC- Dip swich The following table shows the output numbers selected: Number of outputs Output numbers Terminal numbers 9 RUN "L" active RUN signal turns on or off to indicate the status in different modes as follows: Status CPU error Memory error Low voltage Other errors Normal PRG Mode TEST RUN Depending on the error, RUN may not turn off. CAM can be switched to RUN by the dip switch or. In this case, the number of outputs is reduced to. Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C FC-80-C/0 /0 In response to ENCODER signal, CAM signal delays as follows: FC-0 Dip switch : RUN FC- ENCODER input :CAM CAM output 0 s MAX. FC- Dip switch : RUN : CAM RUN turns on within seconds after PRG mode is switched to RUN mode or TEST mode. Connecting the encoder and the cam switch Absolute encoder TRD-K -Y S Programmable cam switch FC-0/FC- Encoder power source(v) 0V V 0 Angle 0V Connector A 0 B G 0V COM AC power source Keep the encoder cable away from power lines of motors and clutches. The shielded cable of the encoder is not connected to its ground cable or the frame. Using the specified connector, connect it to the 0 V terminal. Connect the 0 V terminal 0 to the ground terminal. Using a cable with a section area of to. mm connect the points A and B as shown. E-

244 FC- Programmable Cam Switches FC-8F-C F/F-C Initializing the cam switch Turn the power off. Connect the FC-0P programmer and the encoder to the cam switch. Set the dip switches to the desired positions. Write protect should be set to. Select the PRG mode, then turn the power off. According to the dip swich setting, memory allocation. For the code output setting end origirl calibration valve vary. Perform Step 0. Programming procedures FC-80-C/0 /0 Step Selecting PRG mode Procedure Using the Mode switch, select the PRG mode. Available modes PRG TEST RUN FC- Selecting TEST mode Using the Mode switch, select the TEST mode. FC- Selecting RUN mode Selecting bank Using the Mode switch, select the RUN mode. BNK Press the BANK key to select the bank number. Clearing all settings for selected bank Press the following keys in the order listed: C 8 Except the home position, all settings for the specified bank are cleared. Intializing the home position Press the following keys in the order listed: REF 0 OUT 7 Writing cam settings Cam number Output number angle angle 8 Teaching the cam settings Omit the cam number if it is already selected. OUT TCH Run the machine TCH Run the machine being controlled being controlled Cam number Current angle Current angle Omit the cam number if it is already selected. OUT Cam number angle(may be omitted) 9 Reading angle angle closest to the entered value is read out. If the value is omitted, positive angle closest to zero is read out. Using the keys, specify other angles to be read. OUT Angle (may be omitted) 0 Reading cam status Cam status at the entered angle is read out. If the angle is omitted, status at the angle zero is read out. Cam number Cam status Use the keys to increment or decrement angles. E-

245 FC- Step Clearing angle settings Procedure Follow the step 9 above to read angle or angle to be cleared. Press the following keys: C together with the corresponding angle or angle. The specified or angle is cleared, Available mode PRG TEST RUN FC- Programmable Cam Switches Follow the step 9 above to read angle or angle to be adjusted. Adjusting settings during operation Using the keys, adjust the angle selected. FC-8F-C F/F-C Using the keys to increment or decrement the angle by one degree. Reading current angle Press the REF key to read the current angle of the cam. FC-80-C/0 /0 Programming the home position Stop the machine at its home position. Press the following keys in the order listed: REF TCH Angle(may be omitted) FC- The entered angle is programmed as the home position of the machine. If the angle is omitted, current angle is programmed as home position. Changing settings Follow the step 9 above to read angle or angle to be changed. Press the following keys in the order listed: SHF OUT New / angle Press the following keys in the order listed: Saving data to tape SHF SAVE Program number All settings and home position are saved. Press the following keys in the order listed: Restoring data from tape Checking data with tape Saving, restoring or checking data for a selected bank. Clearing all setting and the home position SHF LOAD Data for the specified program is restored. Press the following keys in the order listed: SHF VERIFY Data for the specified program is checked. Follow the step, 7 or 8 above. Press the following keys in the order listed: BNK Program number Program number Bank number Data for the specified bank is saved, restored or checked. Press the following keys in the order listed: F 9 All settings for all banks are cleared, and the home position is reset to zero. E-

246 FC- Programmable Cam Switches Step Procedure Press the following keys to display current position: F Available modes PRG TEST RUN FC- FC-8F-C F/F-C Displaying position or revolution speed Press the following keys to display current revolution speed: F FC-80-C/0 /0 Displaying bank number F Press BNK Press the following keys to display current bank number C key and F key at the same to display the previously selected bank. Press the following keys to specify the source and destination banks: FC- Transferring data between banks BNK Source bank number F Destination bank number Press the following keys: Setting the frequency (0 pulses) per revolutin OUT Output number F This operation is unavailable for the resolution and,0. List of Error Codes Error code Name Possible cause Corrective Action E0 Key entry error Keys were not pressed as required. Check the operating procedures. E Bank number error The entered bank number does not exist. Check the dip switches and to confirm the correct number. E Cam number error The entered cam number does not exist. Check the dip switch to confirm the correct number. E Angle error The entered angle does not exist. Check the dip switch to confirm the correct angle. E Write protect error Write was attempted in write-protected mode. Turn the power off, then turn the dip switch off to enable writing. E Duplicate angle Same angle has been set more than once. Follow the step 9, or 7 to clear the setting, then re-enter the value. E Dip switch error A dip switch has been repositioned. Turn the power, then set the dip switch to the correct position. Select the E7 BNK SELECT error The selected BANK SELECT number does not exist. PRG mode then turn the power on. E8 ENCODER error The selected ENCODER number does not exist. Check the dip switch to confirm the current resolution, and check the ENCODER connection. E Data memory error Data has been changed. Turn the power off, then check the dip switches. Select the PRG mode, then turn the power on. E Program memory error Program has been changed. Turn the power off, then check the program. Select the PRG mode, then turn the power on E Unmatched data Data in memory does not match data in tape. Clear wrong data, and save or restore correct data to memory or tape. E Unmatched data and dip switch setting Data in tape does not match the setting of a dip switch. Note: No error is displayed when the AC power lowers or shuts down. Use the C key to clear error codes. Turn the power off, then set the dip switch to the correct position. Select the PRG mode, then turn the power on. E-

247 FC- External Dimensions 0 00 M (80) (in mm) 8 FC-8F-C F/F-C Programmable Cam Switches Encoder connector () FC-80-C/0 /0 Applicable models of rotary encoders and cables with connectors Absolute rotary encoder Connector and cable Model Appearance Appearance Model FC- Models with standard connectors TRD-K -YCS m Models with cables and connectors TRD-K -YPS m F-0J F-0J m m F-0J F-0J Models with built-in connectors TRD-K -YC m F-0C Models with built-in connectors TRD-KL -YC m F-0CA Models with built-in cables TRD-NA NW m m MR-L MR-M E-

248 FC- Programmable Cam Switches MEMO FC-80-C/0 /0 FC-8F-C F/F-C FC- E-

249 Application Examples Packaging uniform quantities Grouping bars into same quantities Electronic counter Electronic counter Photoelectric sensor Fence Conveyor A Timer Control board Solenoid Control board Proximity switch Shutter Clutch brake Metal fragment Proximity switch Motor Conveyor B The photoelectric sensor generates a pulse signal as it detects each product falling from the conveyor. The electronic counter counts the number or pulses generated. When the count has reached a preset number, the counter generates a signal to open the hopper's shutter. The products are ejected into a box then the next vacant box is conveyed to the same position as the previous one. Partitioning products into same quantities Each bar is brought by the conveyor A to the fence. This make the fence swing toward the proximity sensor and activates the sensor to feed the bar onto the conveyor B. The electronic counter counts pulses generated by the proximity sensor. When the count has reached a preset number, the counter generates a signal to stop the conveyor A. The conveyor B also stops after a time set by the timer. Cutting materials to uniform length Cutter Electronic counter Reflex photoelectric sensor Electronic counter Control board Tact feeder Belt conveyor Stopper Threaded rod Rotary encoder Motor Tact conveyor The electronic counter counts the products fed by the conveyor and detected by the reflex photoelectric sensor. When the count has reached a preset number, the counter activates the tact feeder to advance the conveyor by one step for the next counting cycle. As the threaded rod rotates, the stopper is moved by a preset distance. The number of rotations is converted to the number of pulses by the rotary encoder, and counted by the electronic counter. When the count has reached a preset number, the cutter is activated to cut the material to a fixed length. Counting bottles and checking for caps Sorting materials by length Electronic counter Proximity switch Proximity switch Timer Proximity Multitooth cam Control gate Dual preset counter Metal plate Control board Proximity Rejection signal Proximity switch A Accepted material Proximity switch B Rejected material The proximity switch checks each bottle for a cap. At the same time, it activates the counter to count the bottles and display the count. When no cap is detected within a specified time, the internal timer generates an alarm. The proximity switch A generates pulse signals when it detects the rotation of the multitooth cam. The electronic counter counts the number of pulses while a metal plate is being detected by the proximity switch B. This count is compared with the upper and lower limits that specify acceptable size of plates. Any plate outside the tolerance is rejected. F-

250 Application Examples Winding wire for constant turns Marking at same intervals Wire Proximity switch Cutter Disk shaped dog switch Timer Detect roller Rotary encoder Solenoid Electronic counter Reduction gear Motor Brake Dual preset counter Bobbin Stop signal (second setting) Feed motor Feed roller Stamp Preset interval Deceleration signal (first setting) The proximity switch A generates plus signals when it detects the rotation of the bobbin. The pulse count is entered to the counter, and compared with dual preset values: the expected total number of turns of wire, and the total number minus one. When the pulse count has reached the second setting, the reduction gear is activated. The bobbin stops completely when the count equals the first setting. At the same time, the timer activates the cutter to cut the wire. Detecting the center of workpieces As the feed roller rotates, the workpiece is moved to a preset distance. The number of rotations is converted to the number of pulses by the rotary encoder, and counted by the electronic counter. When the count has reached a preset number, the counter generates a signal to activate the stamp. Spacing rolled materials Frequency demultiplier (/) Gate Servo motor Rotary encoder Rotary encoder Electronic counter Photoelectric sensor Electronic counter Motor Control board Roller mill The photoelectric sensor generates pulse signals when a workpiece starts to cover its light. The pulse frequency is halved by the frequency demultiplier then processed by the rotary encoder for counting. The workpiece is centered when the count has reached a preset number. As the threaded rod rotates, the material is fed by a preset length. The number of rotations is converted to the number of pulses by the rotary encoder then counted by the electronic counter. When the count has reached a preset number, it stops the motor that controls the spacing. Production management Positioning a grinder Clutch Workpiece Feed motor Clock pulse generator Photoelectric sensor Electronic counter (for product count display) Set to expected production Completion signal Proximity switch Rotary encoder Electronic counter (for frequency demultiplier) Electronic counter (for standard production display) The first counter is set to the expected number of products, and the second counter is set to the standard number of products. The third counter works with the frequency demultiplier and the clock pulse generator. The clock controls output rate at ten pulses/second to provide the time required for one product. The third counter counts the time elapsed for the current production. It warns an overtime when this value exceeds the standard production time. Electronic counter Electronic counter Electronic counter When the proximity switch detects a workpiece fed in position, it activates the motor to rotate the workpiece and accelerate the grinder. The electronic counters are used to change the speeds of the motor and the grinder. F-

251 Application Examples Displaying the total number of packaged products Displaying the speeds of moving objects Four products per package Photoelectric sensor A Photoelectric sensor B Tachometer Package sensor Tachometer The tachometer counts packages containing a fixed number of products. It is to display the total number of products. For example, it should be set to "" for packages each containing four products. The tachometer measures the speed of an object moving from the photoelectric sensor A to the sensor B. Using the preset scale, the speed is calculated from the "time lag" between the two sensors and their distance. Displaying press process time Displaying flow rates Proximity switch Press Tachometer Flow meter Tachometer A dog switch is installed so it activates the proximity switch when it detects the bottom of the press. The tachometer displays the time elapsed after the proximity switch is activated. The tachometer counts and displays the number or pulses generated by the flow meter. This number is multiplied by a preset value to display a flow rate in liters or cubic meters. Displaying length Displaying time for passing through an oven Tachometer Length Pulley (0 mm in diameter) 0 meter long oven Rotary encoder (0 pulses/rotation) INA INB Photoelectric sensor in minutes Pulse waveform Rotary encoder Tachometer When the photoelectric sensor is activated by an object, the tachometer counts the number of pulses generated by the rotary encoder. This number is converted to the length. The tachometer displays the time elapsed after each piece of bread enters into the oven. The time is calculated from the diameter of the pulley, the number of pulses generated by rotary encoder and the length of the oven. F-

252 Application Examples Controlling filling timing Positioning a numerically controlled machine Filler Rotary encoder Rotary encoder Programmable cam switch Motor Programmable cam switch Along with the programmable cam switch, the rotary encoder controls the timing of filling containers, their positions and the timing of transferring filled containers. The use of the cam switch and the encoder allows easy positioning and quick adjustment of machines. The programmable cam switch and the rotary encoder can be used to control the position of a numerically controlled machine. Modifying the cam switch configuration allows you to use different types of workpieces. Controlling a bottling machine Capping Filling Programmable cam switch Labeler Rotary encoder The programmable cam switch and the rotary encoder provide overall control of the entire bottling processes. Filling bottles, capping and labeling can be controlled from a single turn table. The table can be also controlled to avoid angular deviations. F-

253 Glossary Glossary Preset counter Counts input pulses, and generates a signal when the count has reached a preset value. The following diagram shows its circuit configuration: Block Diagram (KCX series) Count input Reset input Input circuit Reset circuit Value setting units Preset counter First digit display circuit First digit count circuit Second digit display circuit Second digit count circuit nth digit display circuit nth digit count circuit Multi-counter Multiple counter functions are built in this counter. It outputs the count when either of the counter has attained to the preset value. It is best-suited for maintaining and controlling multiple tools at a machining center or NC machine tool during tool change. Type A operation (One Shot output) Auto reset for repeated operations Generates a signal during a specified time when the number of input pulses has reached a preset value. The internal count circuit is automatically reset upon countup to allow both the next counting cycle and signal output. Current count can be reset either by activating the reset terminal (external reset) or by temporarily shutting the power down (power reset). Set value Count input AND circuit Output circuit Relay output Output signal Power source Sensor power One shot output Dual preset counter Using pairs of preset values and output circuits, the counter generates a signal when the count has reached lower or upper value. Total counter Only displays counts, and generates no control signal. Type B operation (Hold output signal) Generates and hold a signal when the number of input pulses has reached a preset value. The internal count circuit and the hold circuit can be reset either by activating the reset terminal (external reset) or by temporarily shutting the power down (power reset). Batch counter It contains two preset counters: one counts the number of batches, and the other generates a signal according to the setting. Count input Set value External counter The counter do not have a setting unit at the main body and allows external connection of a digital switch, rotary switch, card reader, etc. KCX- RX series are included in this type. Output signal External reset Signal held All-output counter (Read-out counter) This counter outputs the count value as a signal to an external source at any time. KCX- RN series have this function. F-

254 Glossary DC and relay signal inputs DC signal input is invoked by output from a proximity switch, photoelectric sensor, rotary encoder, or other transistor or semiconductor circuit. Relay signal input is controlled by a microswitch, limit switch, push button switch, or relay. DC signal input OUT E Sensor N.C C N.O Sensor Relay signal input + V sensor power Input terminal E Counter + V sensor power Input terminal E Counter Open collector output An open collector gate is not connected with the internal power source. Therefore, it should be connected with an external power and load. You can choose any voltage or current(negative load) levels within the counter specification. From previous step Open collector output OUT E Load L DC power DC and Relay signal outputs DC signal output means the signal generated by a semiconductor circuit. Relay signal output is the signal generated by an internal relay contact. Preset electronic counter +Power N.C C Relay signal output N.O. Relay Totem-pole output A DC output circuit configured like a totem-pole. As shown below, an output line is located between the serially connected output transistors Q and Q. It provides higher current than conventional DC output, using the same positive and negative loads. The circuit can directly drive a relay. V From previous step Q Q OUT E E OUT E Grounded DC signal output Maximum counting speed Expressed in counts per second (cps), the maximum counting speed indicates how many pulses the unit can count at the makebreak ratio of to (Ta=Tb). If the ratio is not :, counting is restricted by the pulse width in relation to the minimum Ta or Tb as shown in Paragraphs () and () below. Ta MIN. Tb MIN. (s) maximum counting speed (Each model has specific values for these items) () When Ta=Tb Ta or Tb must be longer than Ta MIN or Tb MIN for the counter to count pulse. Input pulse Ta Tb Ta Tb Ta MIN. Tb MIN. F-

255 Glossary ()When Ta Tb Ta must be longer than Ta MIN. for the counter to count pulses. Input pulse Ta Tb Ta Ta MIN. Glossary for specifications Count input disable gate (response) DELAY time: The time until input is disabled after turning the disable gate. DELAY time: The time until input is enabled after turning the disable gate. ()When Ta Tb Tb must be longer than Tb MIN. for for the counter to count pulses. Input pulse Ta Tb Tb Tb MIN. If you wish to add static signal input, select appropriate input terminal for desired counting speed or frequency. You should choose a terminal with the lowest maximum counting speed. External set input (response) DELAY time: Time for the set gate to be activated. DELAY time: Time for the set gate to be deactivated. External reset (response) DELAY time: Time for the counter to be reset. DELAY time: Time for the counter to be restarted. Power reset (time) Time for the counter to be restarted by power input. Resets Power-on reset: Resets the count when power is turned on. To reset the count, turn the power off then turn it on at any time. Auto reset: Resets the A type operation upon countup. The reset duration is shorter than the counter's input cycle at maximum counting speed. This enables the unit to restart counting from zero during cycle. External reset: The count is reset when specific voltage is applied to the reset input terminal. Some models reset to the Low level. Manual reset: The count is reset when you press the button on the front panel. Sensor power source It supplies power to an external device such as a proximity switch, photoelectric sensor or rotary encoder. All KOYO counters include a sensor power source. (DC type is not included.) Auto reset (time) Time for the counter to be restarted by countup. DC output (response) Time for the DC output terminal to be activated by input of a preset number of pulses. Relay output (response) Time for the output relay's N.O. contact to be closed by input of a preset number of pulses. Output disable gate (response) DELAY time: The time until output is disabled after turning the disable gate. DELAY time: The time until output is enabled after turning the disable gate. Bank Number of programs. Programs (operation) can be set for each bank. F-7

256 F-8

257 Model Number Index C CPG- B- E E-PJ E- F F-00GF E- F-0J E- F-0ANC E- F-0ANCA E- F-0BNC E- F-0BNCA E- F-0C E- F-0CA E- F-0GF E- F-0ANC E- F-0ANCA E- F-0BNC E- F-0BNCA E- F-0GF E- F-0J E- FC-0 E- FC-0P E-, E- FC- E- FC-- E-, E-7 FC-0 E- FC-80-C E- FC-8F-C E- FC-F-C E- FC-F-C E- FG-0 B- K KA-0 B-7, B- KA- B- KB-0 B-7, B- KB-0 B-7, B- KB--0 B-, B- KC-8C C-, D- KC-8P C-, D- KCH-BRN B-9 KCH-BRN B-9 KCM-0 B- KCM-0- B- KCM-0P B- KCM-0P- B- KCM- B- KCM-- B- KCM-P B- KCM-P- B- KCN-SR B- KCN-SR-C B- KCN-ST B- KCN-ST-C B- KCN-T B- KCN-T-C B- KCN-WR B- KCN-WR-C B- KCN-WT B- KCN-WT-C B- R B- T B- KCN-SR B- KCN-SR-C B- KCN-ST B- KCN-ST-C B- KCN-T B- KCN-T-C B- KCN-WR B- KCN-WR-C B- KCN-WT B- KCN-WT-C B- KCN-ASR B-9 KCN-ASR-C B-9 KCN-AST B-9 KCN-AST-C B-9 KCN-ASR B-9 KCN-ASR-C B-9 KCN-AST B-9 KCN-AST-C B-9 KCV-S B- KCV-S-C B- KCV-S B- KCV-S-C B- KCV-T B- KCV-T-C B- KCV-T B- KCV-T-C B- KCX- B-78 KCX-D KCX- B-78 B-78 KCX-D KCX-DM B-78 B-78 KCX- B-78 KCX-D KCX-DM B-78 B-78 KCX-W B-8 KCX- B-78 KCX-D KCX-DM B-78 B-78 KCX-RN B-8 KCX-T B-9 KCX-W B-8 KCX-WM B-8 KCX-D KCX-DM B-78 B-78 KCX-W B-8 KCX-D B-78 F-9

258 KCX-DM B-78 KCX-RN B-8 KCX-T B-9 KCX-W B-8 KCX-WM B-8 KCX-8T B-9 KCX-B B-9 KCX-BM B-9 KCX-BT B-08 KCX-BW B-9 KCX-BWM B-9 KCX-B B-9 KCX-BM B-9 KCX-BT B-08 KCX-BW B-9 KCX-BWM B-9 KCY--G B-7 KCY--H B-7 KCY-D-G B-7 KCY-D-H B-7 KCY--G B-7 KCY--H B-7 KCY-D-G B-7 KCY-D-H B-7 KF-0 B- KF-0 B-7, B- KF-0 B-7, B- KF-A B-, B- KT-VS D- KT-VS-C D- T TC- C-, C- TC- C-, C-9 TC- C-, C- TC- C-, C-9 TC-A C-, C- TC-B C-, C-8 TC-L-G C-, C-7 TC-L-H C-, C-7 TC-S C-, C-0 TC-V C- TC-V-C C- TC-VS C- TC-VS-C C- TC-W C-, C-0 F-0

259 F-

260 For your orders The following applies to the customer's purchase order and requests for quotations, unless otherwise specified in quotations, purchase agreement, catalogs, specifications or other related documents:. Warranty [Period] KOYO provides one-year warranty for the product delivered to a location specified by the customer [Scope] KOYO replaces or repairs at its expense any parts found to be defective during the above period unless such defect proves to be caused by: () Abuse or inappropriate use by customer, () What is not part of the product purchased, () Modification or repair done by a person not authorized by KOYO, or () Act of God, or natural disaster or calamity. This warranty applies to the delivered product itself. KOYO does not assume any loss or expense deriving from any defect of the product.. Services Services are not included in the purchase agreement. The customer may request the following services at its expenses: () Installation and testing () Maintenance, check, adjustment and repair () Technical training and education Each product is packaged according to KOYO's specifications. GENERAL CATALOG for KOYO and Controllers 99 to 00 Published: August 00 Written and edited by: Design Center, KOYO ELECTRICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. Copyright by KOYO ELECTRICS INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be copied or duplicated. Information contained in this book is subject to change without prior notice.

261

262 KOYO ELECTRICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. OVERSEAS SALES DEPARTMENT 7 -CHOME, TENJIN-CHO, KODAIRA, TOKYO JAPAN PHE: TOKYO / FAX: OSD@koyoele.co.jp High Potential TECH. Co., Ltd. 8 (0)79-